Quarterlytics / Consumer Cyclical / Packaging & Containers / Tupperware Brands

Tupperware Brands

tup · NYSE Consumer Cyclical
Claim this profile
Ticker tup
Exchange NYSE
Sector Consumer Cyclical
Industry Packaging & Containers
Employees 10,000+
← All annual reports
FY2019 Annual Report · Tupperware Brands
Sign in to download
Loading PDF…
Table of Contents

UNITED STATES
SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION
WASHINGTON, D.C. 20549

________________________________________

FORM 10-K

(Mark One)

☒ ANNUAL REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES

EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934

For the fiscal year ended December 28, 2019
OR

☐ TRANSITION REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE

SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934

For the Transition period from               to             
Commission file number 1-11657
________________________________________

TUPPERWARE BRANDS CORPORATION

(Exact name of registrant as specified in its charter)

Delaware

36-4062333

(State or other jurisdiction of incorporation or organization)

(I.R.S. Employer Identification No.)

14901 South Orange Blossom Trail,

Orlando

Florida

(Address of principal executive offices)

32837

(Zip Code)

Registrant's telephone number, including area code:

407 826-5050

Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(b) of the Act:

Title of Each Class

Trading Symbol
(s)

Name of Each Exchange on Which
Registered

Common Stock, $0.01 par value

TUP

New York Stock Exchange

Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(g) of the Act: None
 ________________________________________ 

Indicate by check mark if the Registrant is a well-known seasoned issuer, as defined in Rule 405 of the Securities Act.    Yes  ☒    No  ☐
Indicate by check mark if the Registrant is not required to file reports pursuant to Section 13 or Section 15(d) of the Act.    Yes  ☐    No  ☒
Indicate  by  check  mark  whether  the  Registrant  (1)  has  filed  all  reports  required  to  be  filed  by  Section  13  or  15(d)  of  the  Securities  Exchange  Act  of  1934  during  the
preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the Registrant was required to file such reports), and (2) has been subject to such filing requirements for the past 90 days.
Yes ☒ No ☐

Indicate by check mark whether the Registrant has submitted electronically every Interactive Data File required to be submitted pursuant to Rule 405 of Regulation S-T

(§232.405 of this chapter) during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the Registrant was required to submit such files). Yes ☒ No ☐

Indicate by check mark whether the Registrant is a large accelerated filer, an accelerated filer, a non-accelerated filer, a smaller reporting company or an emerging growth

company. See definitions of "large accelerated filer," "accelerated filer", "smaller reporting company" and "emerging growth company" in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act.

Large accelerated Filer ☒

Accelerated filer

Non-accelerated filer ☐

Smaller reporting company

Emerging growth company

☐

☐☐

☐

If  an  emerging  growth  company,  indicate  by  check  mark  if  the  registrant  has  elected  not  to  use  the  extended  transition  period  for  complying  with  any  new  or  revised

financial accounting standards provided pursuant to Section 13(a) of the Exchange Act. ☐

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a shell company (as defined in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange

Act). Yes ☐ No ☒

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Table of Contents

The  aggregate  market  value  of  the  voting  and  non-voting  common  equity  held  by  non-affiliates  on  the  New  York  Stock  Exchange-Composite  Transaction  Listing  on
June 28, 2019 (the last business day of the registrant's most recently completed second fiscal quarter) was  $925,758,291. For the purposes of making this calculation only, the
registrant included all of its directors, executive officers and beneficial owners of more than ten percent of its common stock.

As of March 9, 2020, 48,931,022 shares of the common stock, $0.01 par value, of the registrant were outstanding.

Portions of the Proxy Statement relating to the Annual Meeting of Shareholders to be held May 20, 2020 are incorporated by reference into Part III of this Report.

Documents Incorporated by Reference:

Table of Contents

Business

Risk Factors

Unresolved Staff Comments

Properties

Legal Proceedings

Mine Safety Disclosures

Table of Contents

Part I

Part II

Market for Registrant's Common Equity, Related Stockholder Matters and Issuer Purchases of Equity Securities

Performance Graph

Changes in Securities, Use of Proceeds and Issuer Purchases of Equity Securities

Selected Financial Data

Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations

Item

Item 1

Item 1A

Item 1B

Item 2

Item 3

Item 4

Item 5

Item 5a

Item 5c

Item 6

Item 7

Item 7A

Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures About Market Risk

Item 8

Item 9

Item 9A

Item 9B

Item 10

Item 11

Item 12

Item 13

Item 14

Financial Statements and Supplementary Data

Changes in and Disagreements With Accountants on Accounting and Financial Disclosure

Controls and Procedures

Other Information

Part III

Directors, Executive Officers and Corporate Governance

Executive Compensation

Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management and Related Stockholder Matters

Certain Relationships and Related Transactions, and Director Independence

Principal Accounting Fees and Services

Part IV

Item 15

Exhibits, Financial Statement Schedules

15 (a)(1) List of Financial Statements

15 (a)(2) List of Financial Statement Schedules

15 (a)(3) List of Exhibits

Item 16

Form 10-K Summary

Signatures

Page 

 1

6

11

11

12

12

13

13

14

15

18

35

40

94

94

94

95

95

95

95

95

96

96

96

97

100

101

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Table of Contents

Item 1.

Business.

(a) Description of Business

PART I

Tupperware  Brands  Corporation  (“Registrant”,  “Tupperware  Brands”  or  the  “Company”)  is  a  global  manufacturer  and  marketer  of  premium,  innovative
products  across  multiple  brands  and  categories  through  an  independent  sales  force  of  2.9  million.  The  Registrant  is  a  worldwide  company  engaged  in  the
marketing, manufacture and sale of design-centric preparation, storage and serving solutions for the kitchen and home through the Tupperware® brand and beauty
products through the Avroy Shlain®, Fuller®, NaturCare®, Nutrimetics® and Nuvo® brands.

Each brand manufactures and/or markets a broad line of high quality products. The Company primarily uses a direct selling business model to distribute and
market products. Through personal connections, product demonstrations and understanding of community, the Company's sales force members have been selling
products to consumers for over 70 years.

The Registrant is a Delaware corporation that was organized on February 8, 1996 in connection with the corporate reorganization of Premark International,

Inc. (“Premark”).

(b) New York Stock Exchange-Required Disclosures

Corporate Governance. Investors can obtain access to periodic reports and corporate governance documents, including board committee charters, corporate
governance principles and codes of conduct and ethics for financial executives, and information regarding the Registrant's transfer agent and registrar through the
Registrant's website free of charge (as soon as reasonably practicable after reports are filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission (the “SEC”), in the case
of  periodic  reports)  by  going  to  www.tupperwarebrands.com,  clicking  on  the  “Investors”  tab  and  searching  under  “Financial  Information,”  “Corporate
Governance” or “IR Resources.”

I. PRINCIPAL PRODUCTS

Tupperware. The core of the Tupperware brand product line consists of design-centric preparation, storage, and serving solutions for the kitchen and home.
The Company also has established lines of cookware, knives, microwave products, microfiber textiles, water-filtration related items and an array of products for
on-the-go  consumers.  The  Company  has  continued  to  refresh  its  traditional  kitchen  and  home  products  with  updated  designs  and  incremental  technological
enhancements while evolving towards more lifestyle-oriented products. These lifestyle solutions are based on consumer insights from the Company's market and
product leaders around the globe.

Highlights from Tupperware in 2019 include:

•

Tupperware launched its “No Time to Waste” initiative focused on reducing waste through product innovation, packaging reduction, operational goals
and strategic partnerships.

◦

◦

◦

The Company introduced the Eco Straw, a durable, reusable straw intended to help consumers reduce their use of single-use straws and their
individual waste impact. The Eco Straw is the first Tupperware product made of ECO+ material, the Company's line of more sustainably sourced
materials. The Eco Straw is made from recycled plastic waste.

The  Company  expanded  its  Eco  Bottle  range  with  new  colors  and  sizes  in  markets  around  the  globe.  One  of  the  Company’s  top  revenue
generating products, the Eco Bottle range is a stylish and practical reusable solution consumers can use to reduce the use of single-use plastics
bottles.

The Company introduced the Coffee To Go Cup, an affordable, reusable solution to the disposable coffee cup.

•

Tupperware also expanded its line of products that meet the consumer needs of staying organized, living smarter and eating healthy, including:

◦

An entry into the electrical appliances category with a new high speed blender, introduced in China, that allows for quick, efficient and healthy
home cooking.

1

Table of Contents

◦

◦

◦

◦

◦

The Aloha bowl range was expanded to include new sizes to meet the needs of consumers looking for bigger solutions for outdoor dining and
large gatherings.

The Universal Jar range was expanded to include additional sizes and accessories that allow for versatile uses from airtight, liquid storage to a
solution for dry, bulk storage.

The kitchen prep category was expanded to include a new handheld system that helps to whip egg whites, whipped cream and more, and a new
Horizontal Peeler Plus that allows for easier, quicker and more comfortable peeling.

An accessory for the MicroPro* Grill entered the market that turns the revolutionary product into a baking form, allowing for crispy desserts in
the microwave oven.

New drinking flasks with customizable sleeves were launched, allowing for decoration and merchandising opportunities.

The  Company  continues  to  focus  on  the  longstanding  history  of  design  and  innovation  by  introducing  new,  sustainable  materials  to  product  lines;
revolutionary  innovations  with  a  focus  on  sleek  and  functional  design;  and  a  refined  product  strategy  on  helping  consumers  reduce  food  waste  and  single-use
plastic waste.

Further to the Company’s commitment to innovation, since 2018, Tupperware has continued to work with NASA and Techshot, Inc. on a revolutionary new

product that will help astronauts to germinate, grow and harvest fresh fruits and vegetables in space.

Beauty. Under the Tupperware Brands portfolio of businesses, the Company manufactures and distributes skin and hair care products, cosmetics, bath and
body care, toiletries, fragrances, jewelry and nutritional products. In 2019, Fuller Mexico (“Fuller”) launched a top selling fragrance to commemorate Hello Kitty's
fifth anniversary. The Nutrimetics* brand portfolio also added multiple new fragrances, the extension of the Nutrimetics Nutri-Rich* line with exfoliating hand
cream and a body moisturizing gel, the re-launch of Crème lip pencils and Silk Crème lipstick range with an upgraded formula at a lower cost, the expansion of the
Ultra-Care+ range and the launch of IRYNA*, a new 96 percent natural ingredient, vegan skin care brand. Tupperware Brands Brazil entered the facial skin care
category with the Nutrimetics Restore line. Tupperware Philippines, added new versions of the top women’s fragrance, Ivana*, and launched a cosmetics line for
young adults, CF Color Fun* and two new skin care lines - Face RX, a vitamin C powered serum, and Vita Clear*, a salicylic acid based anti-acne system. Finally,
Avroy Shlain launched its first unisex fragrance, #We Are Us and added a new entry level skin care range, Avroy Pure Face.

(Words followed by * are registered or unregistered trademarks of the Registrant.)

II. MARKETS AND DISTRIBUTION OF PRODUCTS

The  Company  has  sales  operations  in  about  80  countries  or  territories  and  operates  its  business  under  four  reportable  segments  in  four  broad  geographic
regions: (1) Europe (Europe, Africa and the Middle East), (2) Asia Pacific, (3) North America and (4) South America. See Note 16 to the Consolidated Financial
Statements in Part II, Item 8 of this Report for further details regarding segments and geographic areas.

Tupperware Brands' products are sold around the world under six brands: Tupperware, Avroy Shlain, Fuller, NaturCare, Nutrimetics and Nuvo. For the past

five fiscal years, 91 to 93 percent of total revenues from the sale of Tupperware Brands' products have been in international markets.

Sales  are  to  the  ultimate  customer  principally  through  a  combination  of  direct  selling  and  marketing  by  2.9 million independent sales force members with
approximately  550,000  active  at  any  designated  point  in  time.  Products  are  primarily  sold  directly  to  distributors,  directors,  managers  and  dealers  (  the  “sales
force”) throughout the world. Sales force members purchase products at a discount from the Company and then sell them to their customers. Sales methods can
differ based on the market.

2

Table of Contents

     A significant portion of the Company's business is operated through distributors, many of whom stock inventory and fulfill orders of the sales force that are
generally placed after orders have been received from end consumers. Sales force host parties, perform demonstrations and/or connect with a consumer through a
catalog, brochure, or online via social media or a website. In a stocking model, the distributor orders product, stocks it in a warehouse and picks, packs and ships it
to  the  sales  force  for  distribution  to  the  end  consumer.  In  a  non-stocking  model,  the  distributor’s  focus  is  on  increasing  the  sales  force  size  with  the  Company
managing the stocking and distribution of inventory. Discounts to the distributor are adjusted depending on the level of service provided. Where distributorships
are granted, they have the right to market the Company's products and to utilize Tupperware Brands' trademarks, subject to certain limitations. The vast majority of
the sales force members are independent contractors and not employees of the Company. In certain limited circumstances, the Company has acquired ownership of
distributorships for a period of time until an independent distributor can be installed in order to maintain market presence.

Some business units utilize a campaign merchandising system, whereby sales force members sell through brochures generated every two or three weeks, to
their friends, neighbors and relatives. The brochures highlight new products and specially-priced items for each sales campaign and allow the sales force to connect
one-on-one  with  the  consumer.  Generally,  the  sales  force  forwards  an  order  to  a  designated  Tupperware  distribution  center  where  the  product  is  packaged  and
shipped to the sales force for delivery to the consumer.

The Company also uses retail stores, owned by independent sales force members, in certain markets, most predominantly in China. These physical locations
provide  an  entrepreneurial  opportunity  for  owners  to  connect  with  consumers  to  demonstrate  and  sell  products  while  also  creating  visibility  and  reinforcing
Tupperware’s image with consumers. As of December 28, 2019, China had over 6,300 store locations with approximately 150 additional stores located in other
parts of the world.

In 2019, the Company continued to sell directly, and/or through its sales force, to end consumers via the Internet. Tupperware provides its sales force with
various digital tools to connect with consumers directly through social media and personalized web pages. The Company also offers digital training, in addition to
in-person meetings, for sales force development. Tupperware has consumer direct websites in Brazil, Mexico, and the United States.

The  Company  also  entered  into  a  limited  number  of  business-to-business  transactions,  in  which  it  sells  products  to  a  partner  company.  Sales  through  the

Internet to end consumers and business-to-business transactions do not constitute a significant portion of the Company's sales.

In  addition  to  the  introduction  of  new  products  and  development  of  new  geographic  markets,  a  key  element  of  the  Company's  strategy  is  expanding  its
business by increasing the size of its sales force. Under this system, distributors, directors, team leaders and managers, add, train, and motivate a large number of
sales  force  members,  while  continuing  to  sell  products.  Tupperware  provides  support  through  programs,  such  as  sales  promotions,  sales  and  training  aids,  and
motivational conferences. In addition, to support its sales force, the Company utilizes catalogs, television and magazine advertising, as well as various social media
channels, which help to increase its sales levels with hard-to-reach customers and generate leads for new sales force members.

As of December 28, 2019, the Company's distribution system had approximately 2,000 distributors, 113,200 managers (including directors and team leaders)

and 2.9 million sales force members worldwide.

III. COMPETITION

There  are  many  competitors  to  Tupperware  Brands'  businesses  both  domestically  and  internationally.  The  principal  bases  of  competition  generally  are
marketing,  price,  quality  and  innovation  of  products,  as  well  as  competition  with  other  companies  for  independent  sales  force.  Due  to  the  nature  of  the  direct
selling industry, it is critical that the Company provides a compelling earnings opportunity for the sales force, along with developing new and innovative products.
The Company maintains its competitive position, in part, through the use of strong incentives and promotional programs.

Through its Tupperware® brand, the Company competes in the food storage, serving and preparation, containers, toys and gifts categories. Through its beauty
and  personal  care  brands,  the  Company  also  competes  in  the  skin  care,  cosmetics,  toiletries,  fragrances  and  nutritionals  categories.  The  Company  works  to
differentiate  itself  from  its  competitors  through  its  brand  names,  product  innovation,  quality,  value-added  services,  celebrity  endorsements,  technological
sophistication,  new  product  introductions  and  its  channel  of  distribution,  including  the  training,  motivation  and  compensation  arrangements  for  its  independent
sales forces.

3

Table of Contents

IV. EMPLOYEES

At December 28, 2019, the Registrant employed approximately 11,300 people, of whom approximately 600 are based in the United States.

V. RAW MATERIALS

Many of the products  manufactured  by and for  the  Company require  plastic  resins that  meet  its specifications.  These resins  are  purchased through various
arrangements with a number of large chemical companies located in many of the Company's markets. As a result, the Company has not experienced difficulties in
obtaining adequate supplies. Research and development relating to resins used in Tupperware® brand products is performed by both the Company and its suppliers.

Materials  used  in  the  Company's  skin  care,  cosmetic  and  bath  and  body  care  products  consist  primarily  of  readily  available  ingredients,  containers  and
packaging materials. Such raw materials and components used in goods manufactured and assembled by the Company and through outsource arrangements are
available  from  a  number  of  sources.  To  date,  the  Company  has  been  able  to  secure  an  adequate  supply  of  raw  materials  for  its  products,  and  it  endeavors  to
maintain relationships with backup suppliers in an effort to ensure that no interruptions occur in its operations.

VI. TRADEMARKS AND PATENTS

Tupperware  Brands  considers  its  trademarks  and  patents  to  be  of  material  importance  to  its  business;  however,  except  for  the  Tupperware®  trademark,
Tupperware Brands is not dependent upon any single patent or trademark, or group of patents or trademarks. The Tupperware® trademark, as well as its other
trademarks,  is  registered  on  a  country-by-country  basis.  The  current  duration  for  such  registration  ranges  from  five  years  to  ten  years;  however,  each  such
registration  may  be  renewed  an  unlimited  number  of  times.  The  patents  used  in  Tupperware  Brands'  business  are  registered  and  maintained  on  a  country-by-
country  basis,  with  a  variety  of  durations.  Tupperware  Brands  has  followed  the  practice  of  applying  for  design  and  utility  patents  with  respect  to  most  of  its
significant patentable developments.

VII. ENVIRONMENTAL LAWS

Compliance with federal, state and local environmental protection laws has not had in the past, and is not expected to have in the future, a material effect upon

the Registrant's capital expenditures, liquidity, earnings or competitive position.

VIII. OTHER

Sales do not vary significantly on a quarterly basis but are impacted by holiday schedules, vacations by dealers, as well as promotional activities during these

periods, which vary by market.

Generally,  there  are  no  working  capital  practices  or  backlog  conditions  which  are  material  to  an  understanding  of  the  Registrant's  business,  although  the
Company does seek to minimize its net working capital position at the end of each fiscal year and normally generates a significant portion of its annual cash flow
from  operating  activities  in  its  fourth  quarter.  The  Registrant's  business  is  not  dependent  on  a  small  number  of  customers,  nor  is  any  of  its  business  subject  to
renegotiation of profits or termination of contracts or subcontracts at the election of the United States government.

4

Table of Contents

IX. INFORMATION ABOUT OUR EXECUTIVE OFFICERS

The following is a list of the names and ages of all executive officers of the Registrant, indicating all positions and offices held by each such person with the
Registrant, and each such person's principal occupations or employment during the past five years. Each such person has been elected to serve until the next annual
election of officers of the Registrant (expected to occur on May 20, 2020).

Name and Age

Stein Ove Fenne, age 47

Lillian D. Garcia, age 63

Asha Gupta, age 48

Cassandra Harris, age 47

Justin Hewett, age 48

Christopher D. O'Leary, age 60

Madeline Otero, age 44

Karen M. Sheehan, age 46

William J. Wright, age 57

  Positions and Offices Held and Principal Occupations of Employment- During Past Five Years

Group President, Tupperware Europe, Africa & Middle East (TEAM) since July 2018. Previously Senior Vice
President  &  President,  Tupperware  U.S.  &  Canada  since  October  2016,  after  serving  as  President,  U.S.  &
Canada since July 2012.

Executive  Vice  President  and  Chief  Talent  &  Engagement  Officer,  formerly  known  as  Executive  Vice
President & Chief Human Resources Officer, since January 2013.

Executive Vice President and Chief Strategy and Marketing Officer since August 2018, after serving as Group
President, Asia Pacific since January 2014.

Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer since April 2019. Prior thereto, Ms. Harris served as Vice
President and Chief Information Officer of VF Corporation, a global company with a diverse portfolio of iconic
lifestyle brands, since 2017, after serving in positions of increasing responsibility, including Vice President and
Chief Financial Officer, Global Retail, Supply Chain, and Shared Services from 2016 to 2017, Vice President
and Chief Financial Officer, Global Supply Chain from 2009 to 2016, and Chief Financial Officer, Asia/India
Brands in 2015.

Group President, Asia Pacific since August 2018. Previously Area Vice President with portfolio responsibility
in the Company’s Europe, Africa and Middle East group since January 2016, and Area Vice President, Total
Africa since September 2014.

Interim  Chief  Executive  Officer  since  November  2019  and  as  Director  on  the  Board  of  Tupperware  Brands
Corporation  since  January  2019.  He  also  serves  as  Partner,  Twin  Ridge  Capital  Management,  a  private
investment  firm,  since  September  2018.  Mr.  O’Leary  is  the  former  Executive  Vice  President  and  Chief
Operating  Officer,  International  for General  Mills, Inc., a publicly  traded  food company, from  2006 to 2016,
after serving in various positions of increasing responsibility since 1997. He currently serves on the boards of
Telephone and Data Systems, Inc. and CARE, Inc. Within the last 5 years, he previously served on the board of
Newell Rubbermaid, Inc.

Vice  President  and  Controller  since  November  2018,  after  serving  as  Vice  President,  Internal  Audit  and
Enterprise Risk Management since November 2015, and as Vice President and Chief Financial Officer of the
Beauticontrol business since January 2011.

Executive  Vice  President,  Chief  Legal  Officer  &  Secretary  since  January  2018,  after  serving  as  Senior  Vice
President, General Counsel & Secretary since January 2017, and as Vice President & Deputy General Counsel
since December 2014.

Executive  Vice  President,  Product  Innovation  and  Supply  Chain  since  February  2017,  after  serving  as
Executive  Vice  President,  Supply  Chain  Worldwide  since  October  2015  and  Senior  Vice  President,  Global
Supply Chain since October 2014.

5

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Table of Contents

Item 1A.    Risk Factors.

There are inherent risks and uncertainties associated with the Company that could adversely affect its business, financial condition or results of operations.
Set forth below are descriptions of those risks and uncertainties that the Company currently believes to be material, but the risks and uncertainties described below
are not the only ones that could adversely affect the Company. Other events that the Company does not currently anticipate or that the Company currently deems
immaterial also may affect its business, financial condition or results of operations. Before making an investment in the Company’s securities, investors should
carefully  consider  the  risk  factors  discussed  below,  together  with  the  other  information  in  this  Report,  including  the  section  entitled  “Forward-Looking
Statements,”  “Management’s  Discussion  and  Analysis  of  Financial  Condition  and  Results  of  Operations”  and  the  other  reports  and  materials  filed  by  the
Company with the SEC.

Operational Risk

Operational risk generally refers to the risk of loss resulting from the Company’s operations, including those operations performed for the Company by third
parties. This would include but is not limited to the risk of fraud by employees or persons outside the Company, the execution of unauthorized transactions by
employees or others, errors relating to transaction processing, breaches of the internal control system and compliance requirements, and unplanned interruptions in
service. Certain of these types of activities were identified in the course of the Company’s review of the Fuller Mexico business.

The risk of operational  loss also includes the potential  legal or regulatory  actions  that could arise  as a result  of an operational  deficiency,  or as a result  of
noncompliance with applicable regulatory standards. The Company must comply with a number of legal and regulatory requirements, including those under the
Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, as amended.

The Company maintains systems of internal controls that provide management with timely and accurate information about the Company’s operations. These
systems have been designed to manage operational risk at appropriate levels given the Company’s financial strength, the environment in which it operates, and
considering factors such as competition and regulation. The Company has also established procedures that are designed to ensure that policies relating to conduct,
ethics,  and  business  practices  are  followed  on  a  uniform  basis.  While  there  can  be  no  assurance  that  the  Company  will  not  suffer  losses  in  the  future  due  to
operational  errors  that  the  Company  discovers,  management  continually  monitors  and  works  to  improve  its  internal  controls,  systems,  and  corporate-wide
processes and procedures.

In February 2020, the Company, with the help of external legal and accounting resources, conducted an investigation into its Fuller Mexico business primarily
regarding  the  accounting  for  accounts  payable  and  accrued  liabilities.  The  financial  impact  of  this  matter  is  discussed  more  fully  in  “Item  7.  Management's
Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations - Segment Results - North America.”. While the Company believes that it has resolved
this matter, there can be no assurances that similar issues will not be identified in the future.

Sales Force Factors

The Company is largely dependent upon the independent sales organizations and individuals to reach end consumers, and any significant disruption of this
distribution network would have a negative financial impact on the Company and its ability to generate sales, earnings and operating cash flows. The Company’s
distribution  system  depends  upon  successful  addition,  activation  and  retention  of  a  large  force  of  independent  sales  personnel.  The  addition,  retention  and
activation of sales force members is dependent upon the competitive environment among other companies who also use this channel of distribution and upon the
general labor market, unemployment levels, general economic conditions, demographic and cultural changes in the workforce and the level of penetration of the
Company's sales force in the geographies in which it operates as well as the introduction of new products. The Company also competes for sales force members
with  other  companies  in  various  channels  where  an  individual  can  move  seamlessly  from  one  opportunity  to  the  next  due  to  the  relative  low  cost  of  entry,  no
requirement to attract, build and train new team members, and has use of sophisticated platforms that drive traffic, place orders, and delivers.

The Company’s sales are directly tied to the activity levels of its sales force, which is in large part a temporary working activity for many sales force members.
Activity levels may be affected by the degree to which a market is penetrated by the presence of the Company’s sales force, the amount of average sales per order,
the amount of sales per sales force member, the mix of high-margin and low-margin products sold at group demonstrations and elsewhere, and the activities and
actions of the Company’s product line and channel competitors. The Company’s sales force members may be affected by initiatives undertaken by the Company to
grow its revenue base or change its cost base which may lead to the inaccurate perception that the independent sales force system is at risk of being phased out or
the Company intends to exit markets.

6

Table of Contents

Consumer Demand

The Company's  business  is subject  to changes  in consumer  trends and demands  such as the types of products  the Company offers,  the ease of finding  and
ordering the product, and the speed at which the products can be delivered. The Company's ability to accurately predict and respond to these changes could impact
the Company's financial results. The Company currently has less than one percent of its revenue derived from channels other than direct selling. The reliance on
this dominant channel in an environment where the consumer expects a frictionless experience could impact the Company's business.

International Operations

The  Company  is  subject  to  risks  of  doing  business  internationally.  The  Company  has  derived  for  a  number  of  years,  over  90  percent  of  its  net  sales  from
operations  outside  the  United  States.  An  economic  slowdown  in  any  of  the  countries  where  the  Company  operates,  particularly  in  Brazil  and  China,  could
materially  affect  the  Company's  revenues  and  operating  results.  Although  these  operations  are  geographically  dispersed,  which  partially  mitigates  the  risks
associated  with  operating  in  particular  countries,  the  Company  is  subject  to  the  usual  risks  associated  with  international  operations.  Among  others,  these  risks
include  local  political  and  economic  environments,  adverse  new  tax  regulations,  potentially  burdensome  privacy  protocols,  including  the  EU  General  Data
Protection Regulation, and relations between the United States and foreign governments. In addition, some of the international jurisdictions in which the Company
operates  have  a  different,  or  less  developed,  legal  system  that  lacks  transparency  in  certain  respects  relative  to  that  of  the  United  States,  and  can  accord  local
government authorities a higher degree of control and discretion over business than is customary in the United States.

Movement  in  exchange  rates  has  had  and  may  continue  to  have  a  significant  impact  on  the  Company’s  earnings,  cash  flows  and  financial  position.  The
Company’s most significant exposures are to the Brazilian real, Chinese renminbi, Euro, Indonesian rupiah, Malaysian ringgit, Mexican peso and South African
rand. In 2019 the Company generated at least $100 million of sales in Brazil, China, Fuller Mexico, Tupperware Mexico and the United States and Canada.  Of
these units, sales by Brazil and China exceeded $200 million. Although the Company's currency risk is partially mitigated by the natural hedge arising from its
local  product  sourcing  in  many  markets,  a  strengthening  U.S.  dollar  generally  has  a  negative  impact  on  the  Company.  In  response  to  this  fact,  the  Company
continues  to implement  foreign  currency  hedging  and risk  management  strategies  to  reduce  the exposure  to fluctuations  in earnings  associated  with changes  in
foreign currency exchange rates. The Company generally does not seek to hedge the impact of currency fluctuations on the translated value of the sales, profit or
cash flow generated by its operations. Some of the hedging strategies implemented have a positive or negative impact on cash flows as foreign currencies fluctuate
versus the U.S. dollar. There can be no assurance that foreign currency fluctuations and related hedging activities will not have a material adverse impact on the
Company’s results of operations, cash flows and/or financial condition.

Another  risk  associated  with  the  Company’s  international  operations  is  restrictions  foreign  governments  may  impose  on  currency  remittances.  Due  to  the
possibility of government restrictions on transfers of cash out of countries and control of exchange rates and currency convertibility, the Company may not be able
to immediately access its cash at the exchange rate used to translate its financial statements. As of the end of 2019, this was a particular issue in China.

See Item 7, Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations for further discussion regarding this risk.

Legal and Regulatory Issues

The Company's business may also be affected by actions of domestic and foreign governments to restrict the activities of direct selling companies for various
reasons, including a limitation on the ability of direct selling companies to operate without the involvement of a traditional retail channel. Foreign governments
may also introduce other forms of protectionist legislation, such as limitations or requirements on where the products can or must be produced or requirements that
non-domestic  companies  doing or seeking  to do business place  a certain  percentage  of ownership of legal  entities  in the  hands of local  nationals  to protect  the
commercial interests of its citizens. Customs laws, tariffs, import duties, export and import quotas and restrictions on repatriation of foreign earnings and/or other
methods of accessing cash generated internationally, may negatively affect the Company's local or corporate operations. Governments may seek either to impose
taxes  on  independent  sales  force  members,  to  classify  independent  sales  force  members  as  employees  of  direct  selling  companies  with  whom  they  may  be
associated, triggering employment-related taxes on the Company's sales force and/or the direct selling companies, or to impose registration requirements that could
impact prospects' willingness to join the sales force. Some governments prohibit or impose limitations on the requirement to purchase demonstration products upon
joining  a  direct  selling  business  and/or  the  types  of  activities  for  which  sales  force  can  be  compensated.  The  U.S.  government  may  impose  restrictions  on  the
Company's ability to engage in business in other countries in connection with the foreign policy of the United States.

7

Table of Contents

Financial Covenants, Liquidity and Existing Debt

The Company must meet certain financial covenants as defined in the applicable agreements to borrow under its credit facilities. In the event the Company
fails to comply with any of the covenants or to meet its payment obligations, it could lead to an event of default which, if not cured or waived, could result in the
acceleration of outstanding debt obligations. The Company may not have sufficient working capital or liquidity to satisfy its debt obligations in the event of an
acceleration of all or a portion of its outstanding obligations. If the Company’s cash flows and capital resources are insufficient to fund its debt service obligations,
it may be forced to reduce or delay investments and capital expenditures, or to sell assets, seek additional capital or restructure or refinance its indebtedness. The
Company’s ability to restructure or refinance its debt will depend on market conditions and the Company’s financial performance at such time. Any refinancing, if
at  all,  of  the  Company’s  debt  could  be  at  higher  interest  rates  and  may  require  the  Company  to  comply  with  more  covenants,  which  could  further  restrict  its
business operations. The terms of existing or future debt instruments may restrict the Company from adopting some of these alternatives.

In  the  third  quarter  of  2019,  Standard  and  Poor’s  Financial  Services,  Inc.  ("S&P")  downgraded  the  Company’s  credit  rating  from  BBB-  to  BB+.  This
downgrade did not have an impact on the Amended and Restated Credit Agreement dated as of March 29, 2019 (as so amended, the “Credit Agreement”) due to
the  Credit  Agreement  defining  a  Non-Investment  Grade  Ratings  Event,  which  at  the  time  was  the  threshold  for  any  additional  guarantee  and  collateral
requirements, as a Moody’s rating of Ba2 or lower or an S&P rating of BB or lower. Additionally, there were no changes in the status level for the applicable
margins as stated in the Credit Agreement Pricing Schedule 1.01, due to the Company’s consolidated leverage ratio on the last day of the quarter being less than or
equal to 2.00 to 1.00. 

On February 26, 2020, S&P downgraded the Company’s credit rating from BB+ to B and placed all of its ratings on CreditWatch with negative implication.
On  February  27,  2020  Moody’s  downgraded  the  Company’s  credit  rating  from  Baa3  to  B1.  Although  each  downgrade  exceeded  the  threshold  for  additional
guarantee and collateral requirements of the Credit Agreement, at the time of the downgrade the Company had already received the approvals it required from its
bank group for the amendment (the “Amendment”) of its Credit Agreement in order to provide relief regarding the financial covenant that requires the Company to
maintain a specified ratio of (i) Consolidated Funded Indebtedness to (ii) Consolidated EBITDA (the “Consolidated Leverage Ratio”). In addition, the Amendment
removed the requirement that a Non-Investment Grade Ratings Event must occur before the Company is required to cause the Additional Guarantee and Collateral
Requirement  (as defined  in the  Credit  Agreement)  to be satisfied.  As a result, the Company is required  to cause  certain  of its domestic  subsidiaries  to become
guarantors on the Credit Agreement and the Company and certain of its domestic subsidiaries are required to pledge additional collateral. The Amendment to the
Credit Agreement was executed on February 28, 2020. The Credit Agreement and the Amendment are discussed more fully in “Item 7. Management's Discussion
and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations - Financial Condition - Liquidity and Capital Resources” of this Report. If the Company is unable to
meet this modified Consolidated Leverage Ratio, or if the Company is unable to further modify it or other provisions of the Credit Agreement in the future, as may
be needed, the Company may be held in default, which could result in the termination of the revolving commitments under the Credit Agreement, the acceleration
of the obligations under the Credit Agreement, and possibly other debt obligations under other agreements with cross default provisions, pursuit of certain remedies
relating to the collateral securing the obligations under Credit Agreement, and the pursuit of other remedies, all of which could have a material adverse effect on
the Company.

The Company has outstanding approximately $600 million aggregate principal amount of 4.75% senior notes (the “Senior Notes”). The Senior Notes become
due on June 1, 2021. The Notes were issued under an indenture (the “Indenture”) between the Company and its 100 percent subsidiary, Dart Industries Inc. (the
“Guarantor”) and Wells Fargo Bank, N.A., as trustee. As security for its obligations under the guarantee of the Senior Notes, the Guarantor has granted a security
interest  in  certain  “Tupperware”  trademarks  and  service  marks.  As  security  for  its  obligations  under  the  guarantee  of  the  Credit  Agreement,  the  Guarantor  has
granted a security interest in those certain “Tupperware” trademarks and service marks, as well. The Indenture includes, among others, covenants that limit the
ability of the Company to raise indebtedness or equity capital under certain circumstances. See Note 8 to the Consolidated Financial Statements in Part II, Item 8 of
this Report for further details regarding the Senior Notes.

Whether the Company will be able to repay or refinance the Senior Notes will depend on market conditions and the Company’s financial performance at the
time. Any refinancing, if at all, of the Senior Notes could be at a higher interest rate and may require the Company to comply with more covenants, which could
further restrict the Company's business operations. If the Company is unable to repay or refinance the Senior Notes, the holders of the Seniors Notes may pursue
certain remedies relating to the collateral securing the guaranty of the Senior Notes or pursue other remedies, in each case in accordance with the Indenture and the
documents relating to such collateral, all of which could have a material adverse effect on the Company.

8

Table of Contents

Product Safety

Certain of the materials used in the Company’s product lines may give rise to concerns of consumers based upon scientific theories which are espoused from
time to time, including the risk of certain materials leaching out of plastic containers used for their intended purposes or the ingredients used in cosmetics, personal
care or nutritional products causing harm to human health. This includes polycarbonate, which contains the chemical Bisphenol A, and polyethersulfone, which
contains the chemical Bisphenol S. It is the Company’s policy to market products in each of its business units containing only those materials or ingredients that
are approved by relevant regulatory authorities for contact with food or skin or for ingestion by consumers, as applicable.

Senior Leadership Team; Management Succession; Change in CEO

The Company’s success depends in part on the efforts and abilities of qualified personnel at all levels, including its senior management team and other key
employees. Their motivation, skills, experience, contacts and industry knowledge significantly benefit the Company’s operations and administration. The failure to
attract, motivate and retain members of the senior management team could have an adverse effect on the Company’s results of operations, cash flows and financial
condition. Since 2018, the composition of the Company’s senior management has changed substantially. On March 12, 2020, the Company announced that Miguel
Fernandez would become  the Company’s  President and Chief Executive  Officer,  effective  April  6,  2020.  Mr.  Fernandez  replaces  the  Company's  interim  Chief
Executive Officer, Christopher O’Leary, who will remain a director. On March 12, 2020, the Company also announced that Richard Goudis would become the
Company’s Executive Vice Chairman, effective March 12, 2020. Any significant leadership change or senior management transition involves inherent risk and any
failure to ensure a smooth transition could hinder the Company’s strategic planning, execution and future performance. A change in the senior management team
may  create  uncertainty  among  investors,  employees  and  others  concerning  the  Company’s  future  direction  and  performance.  Any  disruption  in  the  Company’s
operations or uncertainty could have an adverse effect on its business, financial condition or results of operations.

Technology and Cyber-Security

The  Company  relies  extensively  on  information  technology  systems  to  conduct  its  business,  some  of  which  are  managed  by  third-party  service  providers.
These systems include, but are not limited to, programs and processes relating to internal communications and communications with other parties, ordering and
managing materials from suppliers, converting materials to finished products, receiving orders and shipping product to customers, billing customers and receiving
and applying payments, processing transactions, summarizing and reporting results of operations, complying with regulatory, legal or tax requirements, collecting
and storing certain customer, employee, investor, and other stakeholder information and personal data, and other processes necessary to manage the Company’s
business. Current and increased information technology security threats, and current and more sophisticated computer crime, including advanced persistent threats,
pose a potential risk to the security of the information technology systems, networks, and services of the Company, its customers and other business partners, as
well as the confidentiality, availability, and integrity of the data of the Company, its customers and other business partners. As a result, the Company’s information
technology systems, networks or service providers could be damaged or cease to function properly or the Company could suffer a loss or disclosure of business,
personal or stakeholder information, due to any number of causes, including catastrophic events, power outages and security breaches. Although the Company has
business continuity plans in place, if these plans do not provide effective alternative processes on a timely basis, the Company may suffer interruptions in its ability
to manage or conduct its operations, which may adversely affect its business. The Company may need to expend additional resources in the future to continue to
protect  against,  or  to  address  problems  caused  by,  any  business  interruptions  or  data  security  breaches.  Any  business  interruptions  or  data  security  breaches,
including  cyber-security  breaches  resulting  in  private  data  disclosure,  could  result  in  lawsuits  or  regulatory  proceedings,  damage  the  Company’s  reputation  or
adversely impact the Company’s results of operations, cash flows and financial condition. While the Company maintains insurance coverage that could cover some
of these types of issues, the coverage has limitations and includes deductibles such that it may not be adequate to offset losses incurred.

The Company could also be adversely affected by system or network disruptions if new or upgraded information technology systems or software are defective,
not installed properly or not properly integrated into its operations. Various measures have been implemented to manage the risks related to the implementation
and  modification  of  hardware  and  software,  but  any  significant  disruption  or  deficiency  in  the  design  and  implementation  of  new  or  upgraded  information
technology  systems  or  software  could  have  a  material  adverse  effect  on  the  Company’s  business,  financial  position  and  results  of  operations  and  could,  if  not
successfully implemented, adversely impact the effectiveness of internal controls over financial reporting. The Company is continuing to upgrade its systems on a
worldwide basis.

9

Table of Contents

General Business Factors

The  Company’s  business  can  be  affected  by  a  wide  range  of  factors  that  affect  other  businesses.  Weather,  natural  disasters,  strikes,  epidemics/pandemics,
political instability, terrorist activity, public scrutiny of the direct selling channel, and changing attitudes regarding plastic products may have a significant impact
on  the  willingness  or  ability  of  consumers  to  attend  parties  or  otherwise  purchase  the  Company’s  products.  The  supply  and  cost  of  raw  materials,  particularly
petroleum and natural gas-based resins, may have an impact on the availability or cost of the Company’s plastic products. The Company is also subject to frequent
product counterfeiting and other intellectual property infringement, which may be difficult to police and prevent, depending upon the ability to identify infringers
and the availability and/or enforceability of intellectual property rights. Other risks, as discussed under the sub-heading “Forward-Looking Statements” contained
in Part II, Item 7A of this Report, can be relevant to performance as well.

Global Growth Strategy Initiatives

In January 2019, the Company announced an acceleration of investment in its Global Growth Strategy initiatives. Since the inception of the 2019 program, a
reassessment  of  costs  and  priorities  has  occurred  with  a  shift  from  a  segment  to  a  global  focus  with  increased  emphasis  on  procurement,  sourcing  and
organizational realignment. The Company expects to invest approximately $50 million through 2021. The areas of strategic focus are driving innovation across
products, sales force and consumer experiences; extending access to make it easier for sales force and consumers to connect; deploying technology to drive sales
force  engagement  and  consumer  connections;  contemporizing  the  service  model  to  allow  the  sales  force  to  focus  on  driving  revenue;  and  simplifying  and
streamlining structures to create a more aligned and integrated organization. Once implemented, the transformation initiatives are expected to enable annual local
currency sales growth and to generate about $100 million in annualized savings.

As  the  Company  works  to  complete  the  transformation  initiatives,  it  may  not  realize  anticipated  savings  or  benefits  from  one  or  more  of  the  various
restructuring and cost-savings programs undertaken as part of these efforts in full or in part or within the time periods expected. It also may not realize the increase
in sales intended to be enabled by the initiatives. The Company's ability to improve its operating results depends upon a significant number of factors, some of
which are beyond its control. Other events and circumstances, such as financial and strategic difficulties and delays or unexpected costs, including the impact of
foreign currency and inflationary pressures, may occur which could result in not realizing targets or in offsetting the financial benefits of reaching those targets.
Reaching those targets may also depend on the level of acceptance by the Company's sales force of its compensation initiatives. If the Company is unable to realize
the anticipated savings or benefits, or otherwise fails to invest in the growth initiatives, the business may be adversely affected. In addition, any plans to invest
these savings and benefits ahead of future growth means that such costs will be incurred whether or not these savings and benefits are realized. The Company is
also subject to the risks of labor unrest, negative publicity and business disruption in connection with these initiatives, and the failure to realize anticipated savings
or benefits from such initiatives could have a material adverse effect on business, prospects, financial condition, liquidity, results of operations and cash flows.

Natural  disasters  and  unusual  weather  conditions,  pandemic  outbreaks  (including  COVID-19),  terrorist  acts,  global  political  events  and  other  serious
catastrophic events

These types of events could disrupt business and otherwise materially adversely affect business and financial condition. With operations in many states and
multiple foreign countries, the Company is subject to numerous risks outside of its control, including risks arising from natural disasters, such as fires, earthquakes,
hurricanes,  floods,  tornadoes,  unusual  weather  conditions,  pandemic  outbreaks  and  other  global  health  emergencies,  terrorist  acts  or  disruptive  global  political
events, or similar disruptions that could materially adversely affect business and financial performance.

10

Table of Contents

Any  public  health  emergencies,  including  a  real  or  potential  global  pandemic  such  as  those  caused  by  the  avian  flu,  SARS,  Ebola,  coronavirus,  or  even  a
particularly virulent flu, could decrease demand for the Company's products and ability to offer them through parties held by the sales force. The recent outbreak in
China  of  the  Coronavirus  Disease  2019  (“COVID-19”),  which  has  been  declared  by  the  World  Health  Organization  to  be  a  “pandemic,”  has  spread  to  many
countries  and  is  impacting  worldwide  economic  activity.  A  public  health  epidemic,  including  COVID-19,  poses  the  risk  that  the  Company  or  its  employees,
contractors, suppliers, sales force, consumers, and other business partners may be prevented from conducting business activities for an indefinite period of time,
including due to shutdowns that  may be requested  or mandated  by governmental  authorities.  Currently, the greatest  impact  of COVID-19 is in China and Asia
Pacific, where there are currently highest recorded cases. The Company has a manufacturing facility and generated over $200 million in sales in China in 2019.
COVID-19 may impact other geographic areas in which the Company has operations. The Company's top priority is to protect its employees and their families, the
sales force and consumers, and its operations from any adverse impacts. The Company is taking precautionary measures as directed by health authorities and the
local government. COVID-19 has and may continue to have an impact on ports and trade into and out of China and Hong Kong, as well as travel in the region and
globally. Given the interconnectivity of global supply chain and global economy, and the possible rate of future global transmission, the impact of COVID-19 may
extend  beyond  the  areas  which  are  currently  known  to  be  impacted.  While  it  is  not  possible  at  this  time  to  estimate  the  impact  COVID-19  could  have  on  the
Company's  business,  the  continued  spread  of  COVID-19  and  the  measures  taken  by  the  governments  of  countries  affected  could  disrupt  the  supply  chain,  the
manufacture or shipment of our products, our sales force, and adversely impact our business, financial condition, or results of operations.

Uncharacteristic or significant weather conditions can affect travel and the ability of businesses to remain open, which could lead to decreased ability for sales
force  to  connect  with  customers  and  materially  adversely  affect  short-term  results  of  operations.  Although  it  is  not  possible  to  predict  such  events  or  their
consequences, these events could materially adversely affect the Company's reputation, business and financial condition.

Stock Price Volatility; Risk of Delisting

The  market  price  of  the  Company's  common  stock  can  be  volatile.  The  Company's  common  stock  is  currently  listed  on  the  New  York  Stock  Exchange
(“NYSE”).  If  the  Company  does  not  maintain  an  average  closing  price  of  $1.00  or  more  over  any  consecutive  30  trading-day  period,  the    NYSE  may  initiate
proceedings to delist the Company's common stock for failure to maintain compliance with the NYSE price criteria listing standards. A delisting of the Company's
Common Stock could result in a reduction in its liquidity and market price. 

Item 1B.    Unresolved Staff Comments.

None.

Item 2.    Properties.

The principal executive office of the Registrant is owned by the Registrant and is located in Orlando, Florida. The Registrant owns and maintains significant
manufacturing and/or distribution facilities in Australia, Brazil, France, Greece, Indonesia, Korea, Mexico, New Zealand, Portugal, South Africa and the United
States,  and  leases  manufacturing  and  distribution  facilities  in  Belgium,  China,  Germany,  India,  Japan  and  Venezuela.  The  Registrant  owns  and  maintains  the
headquarters in India and leases the former Beauticontrol manufacturing and distribution facility in Texas. The Registrant is seeking to sub-lease the Beauticontrol
facility and is endeavoring to dispose of its manufacturing and distribution facility in Australia and in France.

The Registrant conducts a continuing program of new product design and development at its facilities in Australia, Belgium and Mexico. None of the owned
principal properties is subject to any encumbrance material to the consolidated operations of the Company. Notwithstanding the planned dispositions noted above,
the Registrant considers the condition and extent of utilization of its plants, warehouses and other properties to be good and the nature of the properties and the
capacity of its plants and warehouses generally to be adequate for its needs.

In addition to the above-described improved properties, the Registrant owns unimproved real estate surrounding its corporate headquarters in Orlando, Florida.
The  Registrant  prepared  certain  portions  of  this  real  estate  for  a  variety  of  development  purposes  and,  in  2002,  began  selling  parts  of  this  property.  To  date,
approximately 430 acres have been sold and about 130 acres remain to be sold in connection with this project that is expected to continue for a number of years.

11

Table of Contents

Item 3.    Legal Proceedings.

A number of ordinary-course legal and administrative proceedings against the Registrant or its subsidiaries are pending. In addition to such proceedings, there
are certain proceedings that involve the discharge of materials into, or otherwise relating to the protection of, the environment. Certain of such proceedings involve
federal environmental laws such as the Comprehensive Environmental Response, Compensation and Liability Act of 1980, as well as state and local laws. The
Registrant  has  established  reserves  with  respect  to  certain  of  such  proceedings.  Because  of  the  involvement  of  other  parties  and  the  uncertainty  of  potential
environmental impacts, the eventual outcomes of such actions and the cost and timing of expenditures cannot be determined with certainty. It is not expected that
the outcome of such proceedings, either individually or in the aggregate, will have a material adverse effect upon the Registrant.

As  part  of  the  1986  reorganization  involving  the  formation  of  Premark,  Premark  was  spun-off  by  Dart  &  Kraft,  Inc.,  and  Kraft  Foods,  Inc.  assumed  any
liabilities  arising out of any legal proceedings in connection with certain divested or discontinued former businesses of Dart Industries Inc., a subsidiary of the
Registrant, including matters alleging product and environmental liability. The assumption of liabilities by Kraft Foods, Inc. (now Mondelez International, Inc.)
remains effective subsequent to the distribution of the equity of the Registrant to Premark shareholders in 1996.

In February 2020, putative stockholder class actions were filed against the Company and certain current and former officers and directors in the United States
District Court for the Central District of California and in the United States District Court for the Middle District of Florida.  The complaints allege that statements
in public filings between January 30, 2019 and February 24, 2020 (the “potential class period”) regarding the Company’s disclosure of controls and procedures, as
well as the need for an amendment of its credit facility, violated Section 10(b) and 20(a) of the Securities Act of 1934.  The plaintiffs seek to represent a class of
stockholders  who  purchased  the  Company’s  shares  during  the  potential  class  period  and  demand  unspecified  monetary  damages.  The  Company  believes  the
complaints and allegations to be without merit and intends to vigorously defend itself against the actions. The Company is unable at this time to determine whether
the outcome of these actions would have a material impact on its results of operations, financial condition or cash flows.

Item 4.    Mine Safety Procedures.

Not applicable.

12

Table of Contents

PART II

Item 5.

Market for Registrant’s Common Equity, Related Stockholder Matters and Issuer Purchases of Equity Securities.

The  principal  United  States  market  on  which  the  Registrant’s  common  stock  is  traded  is  the  New  York  Stock  Exchange  under  the  symbol  “TUP”.  As  of

March 9, 2020, the Registrant had 33,050 shareholders of record and beneficial holders.

Item 5a.

Performance Graph.

The following performance  graph compares the performance  of the Company's common stock to the Standard & Poor's 400 Mid-Cap Stock Index and the
Standard  &  Poor's  400  Mid-Cap  Consumer  Discretionary  Index.  The  Company's  stock  is  included  in  both  indices.  The  graph  assumes  that  the  value  of  the
investment in the Company's common stock and each index was 100 at December 27, 2014 and that all dividends were reinvested.

Measurement Period
(Fiscal Year Ended)
12/27/2014

12/26/2015

12/31/2016

12/30/2017

12/29/2018

12/28/2019

Tupperware
Brands
Corporation

S&P 400
Mid-Cap

S&P 400
Mid-Cap
Consumer
Discretionary Index

100.00  

91.84  

90.71  

112.83  

60.12  

16.52  

100.00  

97.99  

116.90  

135.88  

119.57  

152.32  

100.00

92.72

100.84

120.46

98.27

125.15

13

 
 
Table of Contents

Item 5c.

Changes in Securities, Use of Proceeds and Issuer Purchases of Equity Securities.

None.

14

Table of Contents

Item 6.

Selected Financial Data.

The  following  table  presents  the  Company’s  selected  historical  financial  information  for  the  last  five  years.  The  selected  financial  information  has  been
derived from the Company's consolidated financial statements which, for the data presented for fiscal years 2019 and 2018 and for some data presented for 2017,
are included in Part II, Item 8 of this Report. This data should be read in conjunction with the Company's other financial information, including "Management's
Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations" (MD&A) and the Consolidated Financial Statements and Notes to the Consolidated
Financial Statements included in Part II, Items 7 and 8, respectively, in this Report.

(In millions, except per share amounts)

2019

2018

2017

2016

2015

Operating results

Net sales:

Europe

Asia Pacific

North America

South America

Total net sales

Segment profit:

Europe

Asia Pacific

North America

South America

Unallocated expenses

Gain on disposal of assets including insurance recoveries, net (a),(b)

Re-engineering and impairment charges

Impairment of goodwill and intangible assets (c)

Interest expense, net

Income before income taxes

Provision for income taxes (d)

Net income (loss) (d)

Basic earnings (loss) per common share

Diluted earnings (loss) per common share

$

$

$

$

$

$

475.2   $

525.6   $

550.4   $

559.4   $

590.5  

453.5  

278.7  

682.0  

515.1  

347.0  

734.8  

541.5  

429.1  

748.6  

548.3  

356.8  

612.9

771.0

593.7

306.2

1,797.9   $

2,069.7   $

2,255.8   $

2,213.1   $

2,283.8

38.0   $

46.3   $

54.5   $

65.3   $

124.3  

40.2  

43.8  

(41.8)  

12.9  

(34.7)  

(40.0)  

(39.3)  

103.4  

91.0  

172.5  

76.3  

68.3  

(46.3)  

18.7  

(15.9)  

—  

(43.7)  

276.2  

120.3  

189.3  

69.7  

98.7  

(64.1)  

9.1  

(66.0)  

(62.9)  

(43.2)  

185.1  

450.5  

181.0  

66.1  

82.2  

(67.6)  

27.3  

(7.6)  

—  

(45.4)  

301.3  

77.7  

12.4   $

0.26   $

0.25   $

155.9   $

(265.4)   $

223.6   $

3.12   $

3.11   $

(5.22)   $

(5.22)   $

4.43   $

4.41   $

92.4

175.9

69.7

46.5

(72.8)

13.7

(20.3)

—

(45.2)

259.9

74.1

185.8

3.72

3.69

See footnotes beginning on the following page.

15

 
 
 
 
 
   
   
   
   
 
   
   
   
   
 
   
   
   
   
Table of Contents

(Dollars in millions, except per share amounts)
Profitability ratios

Segment profit as a percent of sales:

Europe

Asia Pacific

North America

South America

Financial Condition

Cash and cash equivalents

Net working capital

Property, plant and equipment, net

Total assets

Short-term borrowings and current portion 

of long-term obligations

Long-term obligations

Shareholders’ equity (deficit)

Current ratio

Other Data

Net cash used in investing activities

Net cash used in financing activities

Capital expenditures

Depreciation and amortization

Common Stock Data

Dividends declared per share

Dividend payout ratio (e)

Average common shares outstanding (thousands):

Basic

Diluted (f)

Period-end book value per share (g)

Period-end price/earnings ratio (h)
____________________
nm    Not meaningful

2019

2018

2017

2016

2015

8.0%  

8.8%  

9.9%  

11.7%  

15.1%

21.0

8.9

15.7

25.3

14.8

19.7

25.8

12.9

23.0

24.2

12.1

23.0

$

123.2

  $

149.0

  $

144.1

  $

93.2

  $

(150.4)

267.5

1,262.4

273.2

602.2

(277.0)

0.78

(138.5)

276.0

1,308.8

285.5

603.4

(235.2)

0.82

(28.3)

278.2

1,388.0

133.0

605.1

(119.4)

0.96

(2.3)

259.8

1,587.8

105.9

606.0

212.8

1.00

(27.0)

(85.3)

61.0

55.2

(34.7)

(79.0)

75.4

58.2

(57.6)

(116.6)

72.3

60.5

(25.7)

(193.3)

61.6

57.5

$

0.81

  $

2.72

  $

2.72

  $

311.5%  

87.2%  

nm

2.72

  $

61.4%  

2.72

73.1%

48,771

48,994

49,877

50,154

50,818

50,818

$

(5.65)

  $

(4.69)

  $

(2.35)

  $

32.9

10.0

nm

50,521

50,719

4.20

11.9

  $

49,947

50,401

3.19

15.1

22.8

11.7

15.2

79.8

(63.5)

253.6

1,598.2

162.5

608.2

161.0

0.90

225.7

(43.1)

(157.1)

61.1

62.4

Net cash provided by operating activities

$

87.4

  $

132.0

  $

217.4

  $

237.0

  $

(a)

(b)

In 2002, the Company began to sell land held for development near its Orlando, Florida headquarters. During 2019, 2018, 2017, 2016 and 2015, in connection
with this program, pretax gains of $8.8 million, $7.1 million, $8.8 million, $26.5 million and $12.9 million, respectively, were included in gains on disposal of
assets including insurance recoveries, net.

Included in gain on disposal of assets including insurance recoveries, net are pretax gains of $5.8 million from the sale of the French marketing office in 2019,
$9.5 million from the sale and leaseback of a distribution facility in Japan in 2018 and  $2.1 million from the sale of the Beauticontrol property in Texas in
2018.

(c) Valuations completed on the Company’s intangible assets resulted in the conclusion that the goodwill value of the Fuller Mexico reporting unit in both 2019
and  2017  and  the  Fuller  and  Nutrimetics  tradenames  in  2019  were  impaired.  This  resulted  in  a  non-cash  charge  of  $40.0  million and  $62.9  million,
respectively.

(d)

In 2017, upon enactment of the U.S. Tax Cuts and Jobs Act of 2017 (the "Tax Act"), the Company recorded $375.0 million of non-cash, income tax charges.
In addition, in 2018 the Company recorded $46.6 million of income tax expense related to implementation of provisions of the Tax Act.

(e) The dividend payout ratio is dividends declared per share divided by basic earnings per share. In 2017, due to the Company's net loss position the dividend

payout ratio is not meaningful.

16

 
 
 
 
 
   
   
   
   
 
   
   
   
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
   
   
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
   
   
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
   
   
   
 
 
   
   
   
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Table of Contents

(f)

In 2017, due to the Company's net loss position diluted shares were the same as basic shares outstanding.

(g) Period-end book value per share is calculated as year-end shareholders’ equity (deficit) divided by full-year diluted common shares outstanding.

(h) Period-end price/earnings ratio is calculated as the year-end market price of the Company’s common stock divided by full-year diluted earnings per share. In

2017, due to the Company's net loss position the Period-end price/earnings ratio is not meaningful.

17

Table of Contents

Item 7.    Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations.

The following is a discussion of the results of operations for 2019 compared with 2018, and changes in financial condition during 2019 and 2018. Discussion
of the results of operations for 2018 compared to 2017 are included in the Form 10-K for the period ended December 29, 2018 and filed with the SEC on February
25, 2019. This information should be read in conjunction with the consolidated financial information provided in Part II, Item 8 of this Annual Report.

The  Company's  core  sales  are  derived  from  the  distribution  of  its  products  through  independent  sales  organizations  and  individuals,  who  may  also  be  its
customers,  who  then,  in  turn,  sell  to  end  consumers  who  are  not  members  of  its  sales  force.  The  Company  is  largely  dependent  upon  these  independent  sales
organizations and individuals to reach end consumers, and any significant disruption of this distribution network would have a negative financial impact on the
Company  and  its  ability  to  generate  sales,  earnings  and  operating  cash  flows.  The  Company's  primary  business  drivers  are  the  size,  activity,  diversity  and
productivity of its independent sales organizations.

In 2019, the Company continued to sell directly and/or through its sales force as well as to end consumers via the Internet and through business-to-business

transactions, in which it sells products to a partner company. These Internet and business-to-business transactions are not material to overall sales.

As the impacts of foreign currency translation are an important factor in understanding period-to-period comparisons, the Company believes the presentation
of results on a local currency basis, as a supplement to reported results, helps improve readers' ability to understand the Company's operating results and evaluate
performance  in  comparison  with  prior  periods.  The  Company  presents  local  currency  information  that  compares  results  between  periods  as  if  current  period
exchange rates had been used to translate results in the prior period. The Company uses results on a local currency basis as one measure to evaluate performance.
The Company generally refers to such amounts as calculated on a "local currency" basis, or "excluding the impact of foreign currency." These results should be
considered  in  addition  to,  not  as  a  substitute  for,  results  reported  in  accordance  with  generally  accepted  accounting  principles  in  the  United  States  ("GAAP").
Results on a local currency basis may not be comparable to similarly titled measures used by other companies.

Estimates included herein are those of the Company’s management and are subject to the risks and uncertainties as described in the Forward-Looking

Statements caption included in Item 7A.

18

Table of Contents

Results of Operations

(Dollars in millions, except per share amounts)

Total Company Results 2019 vs. 2018

Net sales

Gross margin as a percent of sales

DS&A as a percent of sales

Operating income

Net income

Net income per diluted share
____________________
na    not applicable
pp    percentage points

Net Sales

52 weeks ended

December 28, 
2019

December 29, 
2018

1,797.9

  $

2,069.7

66.0%  

55.6%  

125.9

12.4

0.25

  $

  $

  $

66.6%  

51.2%  

319.8

155.9

3.11

$

$

$

$

Change
(13)%

(0.6) pp

4.4 pp

(61)%

(92)%

(92)%

Change excluding
the impact of
foreign exchange
(9)%

Foreign exchange
impact

  $

(91.6)

na

na

(58)%

(91)%

(91)%

na

na

(17.2)

(13.0)

(0.26)

  $

  $

  $

Reported sales decreased 13 percent in 2019 compared with  2018. Excluding the impact of changes in foreign currency exchange rates, sales decreased nine

percent. The average impact of higher prices on the sales comparison was approximately one percent.

The net decrease in local currency sales were mainly driven by decreases in:

•
•
•
•
•

•
•

Brazil from lower sales force activity and recruiting mainly due to increased competition and lower consumer spending
China from less outlet openings, a shift in product mix, and lower consumer spending
Fuller Mexico, resulting from a smaller, less active and less productive sales force
Germany from lower business-to-business sales and a less active sales force
India from a smaller and less active sales force in addition to the recent shift to the studio and digital model in response to changing regulations
around direct sellers in the country
Indonesia from a less active sales force
United States and Canada, resulting from a less active and less productive sales force

This decrease was partially offset by an increase in Argentina, due to pricing, and a net benefit of business-to-business sales in Europe.

A more detailed discussion of the sales results by reporting segment is included in the segment results section in this Part II, Item 7.

19

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Table of Contents

Gross Margin

Gross margin as a percentage of sales was 66.0 percent in 2019 and 66.6 percent in 2018. The decrease of 0.6 percentage points ("pp") reflected:

• more aggressive promotional pricing in Brazil in 2019 compared with 2018
•
•
•
•

the impact of the shift from premium priced products to mid-priced products due to lower consumer spending trends in China
higher obsolescence charges at Fuller Mexico
an increase in excise tax in the Philippines
higher negative manufacturing variances, mainly volume, related to United States and Canada

Operating Expenses

Delivery,  sales  and  administrative  expense  (“DS&A”)  as  a  percentage  of  sales  was  55.6  percent in  2019,  compared  with  51.2  percent in  2018.  The  4.4

percentage point increase in comparison primarily reflected:

•

•

•

increased  selling  expenses  mainly  from  higher  bad  debt  expense,  primarily  in  Brazil  and  Fuller  Mexico,  and  higher  commissions  in  Brazil  and
Indonesia (1.5 pp)
increased  administration  and  other  expenses  mainly  due  to  fees  for  a  professional  services  firm  supporting  business  transformation  efforts,  CEO
transition costs, and lower absorption of fixed costs mainly related to IT expenses, partially offset by reduced management incentive costs based on
the performance of the business (1.9 pp)
increased distribution costs predominantly impacting Brazil and the United States and Canada (1.0 pp)

The  Company  segregates  corporate  operating  expenses  into  allocated  and  unallocated  components  based  upon  the  estimated  time  spent  managing  segment
operations. The allocated costs are then apportioned on a local currency basis to each segment based primarily upon segment revenues. The unallocated expenses
reflect amounts unrelated to segment operations. Operating expenses to be allocated are determined at the beginning of the year based upon estimated expenditures.
Total unallocated  expenses in 2019 decreased $4.5 million compared  with  2018, reflecting  the  change  in  hedge  accounting  and  reduced  management  incentive
costs, partially offset by increased investment in marketing organization and tools, and CEO transition related expenses.

As discussed in Note 1 to the Consolidated Financial Statements in Part II, Item 8 of this Report, the Company includes costs related to the distribution of its
products in DS&A expense. As a result, the Company’s gross margin may not be comparable with other companies which include this expense in cost of products
sold.

Re-engineering Costs

The multi-year decline in revenue led the Company to evaluate its operating structure leading to actions designed to reduce costs, improve operating efficiency
and otherwise transform its business. These actions often result in re-engineering costs related to headcount reductions and to facility downsizing and closure, as
well as related asset write downs and other costs that may be necessary in light of the revised operating landscape including structural changes impacting how its
sales force operates. The Company may recognize gains or losses upon disposal of excess facilities or other activities directly related to its re-engineering efforts.

The  Company  recorded  $34.7  million,  $15.9  million and  $63.7  million in  re-engineering  charges  during  2019,  2018 and  2017,  respectively.  These  re-
engineering costs were mainly related to the July 2017 revitalization program ("2017 program") and the transformation program announced in January 2019 ("2019
program").

20

Table of Contents

Over the past three years, the Company has incurred such costs as detailed below that were included in the following income statement captions:

(In millions)
Re-engineering and impairment charges

Cost of products sold

Delivery, sales and administrative expense

Total pretax re-engineering costs

2019

2018
$ 34.7   $ 15.9   $ 63.7

2017

0.9  

0.4  

0.9  

—  

3.6

—

$ 36.0   $ 16.8   $ 67.3

In  relation  to  the  2017  program,  the  Company  incurred  $4.5  million,  $15.9  million and  $63.7  million of  charges  in  2019,  2018 and  2017,  respectively,
primarily related to severance costs incurred for headcount reductions in several of the Company’s operations in connection with changes in its management and
organizational structures. Under this program, the Company has incurred $84.1 million of pretax costs starting in the second quarter of 2017 through 2019 and
expects to incur an additional $2.6 million of  pretax  re-engineering  costs starting  in  2020. The  annualized  benefit  of these  actions  has been  approximately  $36
million. After reinvestment of a portion of the benefits, improved profitability is reflected most significantly through lower cost of products sold, but also through
lower DS&A; however, overall profitability has not risen in light of lower sales and higher costs.

During 2019,  the  Company  incurred  $26.4 million of  costs  related  to  the  2019  program,  primarily  related  to  severance  costs,  outside  consulting  services,
project  team  expenses,  and  distributor  support.  The  2019  program  was  launched  with  the  focus  to  drive  innovation,  sales  force  engagement  and  consumer
experiences through a contemporized and streamlined service model. Since the inception of the 2019 program, a reassessment of costs and priorities has occurred
with a shift from a segment to a global focus with increased emphasis on procurement, sourcing and organizational realignment. This program is expected to run
through 2021 and incur approximately $50 million in pretax cost, with about 100 percent paid in cash. Savings from the 2019 program will occur as the program is
implemented, and once fully executed, is expected to enable annual local currency sales growth and to generate about $100 million in annualized savings.

See also Note 2 to the Consolidated Financial Statements in Part II, Item 8 of this Report, regarding the Company's re-engineering actions.

Goodwill and Intangible Assets

The Company's goodwill and intangible assets relate primarily to the December 2005 acquisition of the direct selling businesses of Sara Lee Corporation. In
the second quarter of 2017, the Company performed an interim impairment test over the Fuller Mexico reporting unit as of the end of May 2017 and recorded an
impairment  charge  to  reduce  the  carrying  value  of  the  reporting  unit  to  the  fair  value  from  the  evaluation.  With  the  estimated  fair  value  of  the  reporting  unit
equaling its carrying value, the Fuller Mexico reporting unit had a high risk of future impairment to the remaining goodwill balance. The estimated fair value from
the 2017 assessment was dependent upon the Company's ability to overcome a trend of negative sales, profit and cash flow that began in 2011, in order to see
positive revenue growth starting in 2019 with continued four percent growth in years thereafter. In the second half of 2017 and in 2018, the reporting unit was
successful  in  meeting  projections  from  the  2017  assessment  due  to  improved  sales  with  better  margins  and  lower  promotional  spending.  This  resulted  in  a
reduction to negative revenue trends from the projected 10.0 percent to 8.7 percent in 2017 and 7.1 percent to 0.8 percent in 2018. In the third quarter of 2018, the
Company completed the annual assessment for all of its reporting units and indefinite-lived intangible assets, and concluded that there were no impairments.

21

 
 
Table of Contents

During  the  first  and  second  quarters  of  2019,  the  Fuller  Mexico  reporting  unit  saw  declines  in  sales  and  profit  accelerate  due  to  difficult  economic  and
geopolitical trends, but was still projected to meet expectations from the May 2017 assessment. In the third quarter of 2019, the reporting unit’s sales, profitability
and cash flows fell short of previous expectations for the full year 2019, which required an increase in bad debt expense and increased inventory obsolescence. As
a result, the annual assessment for all of the Company’s reporting units and indefinite-lived intangible assets completed in the third quarter of 2019 concluded that
a $19.7 million impairment existed, mainly for the impairment of the Fuller Mexico goodwill of $17.5 million. The impairment evaluation of the Fuller Mexico
reporting unit included a fair value analysis, for which the significant assumptions included annual revenue growth rates ranging from negative eight percent to
positive four percent, with revenue stabilization starting in 2022 and positive revenue growth starting in 2023, a compound average growth rate of 0.2 percent, and
a  2.5  percent  growth  rate  used  in  calculating  the  terminal  value.  The  discount  rate  used  for  Fuller  Mexico  was  14.9  percent,  which  was  approximately  one
percentage point lower than at the time of the assessment performed in the second quarter of 2017 based on changes to interest rates and other macro-economic
factors in Mexico since that time. Based on the fair value calculation performed as of the third quarter 2019, the remaining balance of goodwill for Fuller Mexico
was written off due to the calculated fair value being less than carrying value for the reporting unit by more than the recorded goodwill. This was a triggering event
to assess the recoverability of the Fuller tradename, which concluded no impairment as of the third quarter of 2019 based on actual and forecasted results of the
units which support the Fuller tradename value.

The Nutrimetics tradename was also impaired in the third quarter of 2019 by $2.2 million due to declining sales trends, leaving a $3.5 million carrying value

as of September 28, 2019.

In the fourth quarter of 2019, as part of the on-going assessment of goodwill and intangible assets, the Company noted that the financial performance of the
units selling Fuller products had fallen below their previous trend lines and it concluded that they would fall significantly short of previous expectations. Revenue
further declined in the fourth quarter of 2019 and margins significantly declined from third to fourth quarter resulting in an approximate 30 percent decrease in
margins in the forecasted period. This significant impact to margins also impacted the royalty rate which was reduced from the rate utilized in the third quarter of
2019.  These  declines  in  the  financial  performance  were  deemed  to  be  a  triggering  event  and  a  test  for  recoverability  and  impairment  was  performed  over  the
definite-lived  intangible  asset  which  included  comparing  the  sum  of  the  estimated  undiscounted  future  cash  flows,  based  on  the  relief  from  royalty  method,
attributable to the Fuller tradename to its carrying value. The result of the impairment test was to record a $20.3 million impairment to the Fuller tradename in the
fourth quarter of 2019 recorded in "Impairment of goodwill and intangible assets" of the Consolidated Statements of Income. As the units that sell Fuller products
are  in  different  geographical  areas,  impairments  of  $6.0 million, $13.6 million and  $0.7 million were  recorded  for  the  Asia  Pacific,  North  America  and  South
America segments, respectively, leaving a $6.5 million carrying value as of December 28, 2019.

The  fair  value  of  all  of  the  Company's  remaining  reporting  units  and  tradename  intangibles  exceeds  their  respective  carrying  values  based  on  the  current
estimates  and  assumptions  regarding  sales  performance  and  profitability.  Given  the  sensitivity  of  valuations  to  changes  in  cash  flow  or  market  multiples,  the
Company may be required to recognize an impairment of goodwill or intangible assets in the future due to changes in market conditions or other factors related to
the  Company’s  performance.  Actual  results  below  forecasted  results,  a  decrease  in  the  forecasted  future  results  of  the  Company’s  business  plans  or  changes  in
interest  rates  could  also  result  in  an  impairment  charge,  as  could  changes  in  market  characteristics  including  additional  declines  in  valuation  multiples  of
comparable publicly-traded companies. Further impairment charges would have an adverse impact on the Company’s net income.

Refer to Note 7 to the Consolidated Financial Statements in Part II, Item 8 for further information.

22

Table of Contents

Gains on Disposal of Assets

The  Company  continues  with  its  program,  which  began  in  2002,  to  sell  land  for  development  near  its  Orlando,  Florida  headquarters.  The  Company  has
recognized pretax gains of $8.8 million and $7.1 million under this program in  2019 and 2018, respectively. Gains on land transactions are recorded based upon
when  the  transactions  close  and  proceeds  are  collected.  Transactions  in  one  period  may  not  be  representative  of  what  may  occur  in  future  periods.  Since  the
Company began this program in 2002, cumulative proceeds from these sales have totaled $162.4 million with additional anticipated net proceeds ranging between
$65  million  and  $75  million  as  the  program  is  completed.  The  carrying  value  of  the  remaining  land  included  in  the  Company's  land  sales  program  was  $15.8
million  as  of  the  end  of  2019,  which  was  included  in  property,  plant  and  equipment  held  for  use  within  the  Consolidated  Balance  Sheets.  The  Company  has
concluded that the fair value of the land under this program significantly exceeded the carrying value as of the end of 2019, and will continue to do so into the
foreseeable future.

In addition, in 2019 the Company completed the sale of its French marketing office recognizing a $5.8 million gain on proceeds of $6.2 million. In 2018, the
Company executed a sale and leaseback of its distribution facility in Japan. The lease has an initial term of 6 years and 5 months. The transaction resulted in cash
proceeds of $22.4 million and a recognized gain of $9.5 million with a deferred gain of $7.9 million, which was partially amortized in 2018 and adjusted to the
2019 opening balance of retained earnings as part of the adoption of new guidance on lease accounting. The Company also recorded a pretax gain of $2.1 million
from the sale of Beauticontrol property in Texas in 2018.

Net Interest Expense

Net  interest  expense  was  $39.3  million in  2019,  compared  with  $43.7  million in  2018.  The  decrease in  interest  expense  related  to  the  $5.6  million
reclassification  in  2019 from  the  accounting  policy  change  for  forward  points  from  the  Company's  hedging  activities,  partially  offset  by  the  impact  of  higher
interest on borrowings during 2019.

Income taxes

Income  taxes  were  $91.0  million for  the  year  ended  December  28,  2019 as  compared  to  $120.3  million for  the  same  period  in  2018.  Due  to  declining
performance  in  business,  the  Company  was  required  to  book  valuation  allowances  which  led  to  the  effective  tax  rate  of  87.9  percent for  the  year  ended
December 28, 2019 as compared to  43.6 percent and  243.4 percent for the same periods in  2018 and  2017, respectively. In 2019, the effective tax rate (income
taxes as a percentage of income from continuing operations before income taxes) was higher than the U.S. statutory rate due to:

•
•
•
•

continued negative impacts from the tax reform provisions such as GILTI inclusions, interest deduction limitations, BEAT implications
a jurisdictional mix of offshore earnings in countries with statutory tax rates higher than the U.S.
decrease in the U.S. income which impacted the Company's ability to benefit from certain foreign tax credit carryforwards
certain valuation allowances recorded against existing deferred tax assets in the fourth quarter of 2019

The effective tax rates for 2018 and 2017 are higher than the U.S. statutory rate which reflect the impact of the Tax Cuts and Jobs Act of 2017 (“the Tax Act”).

The Tax Act made broad and complex changes to the U.S. tax code that continue to materially impact the business. These changes include (1) reducing the
U.S. federal corporate rate from 35 percent to 21 percent; (2) elimination of the Corporate Alternative minimum tax (AMT); (3) the creation of the base erosion
anti-abuse tax (BEAT); ); (4) a general elimination of U.S. federal income taxes on dividends from foreign subsidiaries; (5) a new provision designed to tax global
intangible  low-taxed  income  (GILTI);  (6)  a  new  limitation  on  deductible  interest  expense  (IRC  section  163(j));  (7)  limitations  on  the  deductibility  of  certain
executive compensation; (8) significant limitations on the use of foreign tax credits (FTCs) to reduce U.S. income tax liability; and (9) changing the rules related to
the uses and limitations of net operating loss carryforwards created in tax years beginning after December 21, 2017.

23

Table of Contents

In addition to and in some cases interacting with the Tax Act, as seen in 2019, tax expense is affected by factors including but not limited to the global mix of
earnings,  changes  in  domestic  and  foreign  tax  legislation,  acquisitions  or  dispositions  as  well  as  the  tax  characteristics  of  income.  The  Company  is  required  to
make judgments on the need to record deferred tax assets and liabilities, uncertain tax positions, and assessments regarding the realizability of deferred tax assets in
determining the income tax provision. The Company records the estimated future tax effects of temporary differences between the tax basis of assets and liabilities
and the amounts reported in the Consolidated Balance Sheet, as well as any operating loss and tax credit carryforwards. The Company follows very specific and
detailed guidelines in each tax jurisdiction regarding the recoverability of any tax assets recorded on the balance sheet and provides necessary valuation allowances
as  required.  Using  these  guidelines,  deferred  tax  assets  are  reviewed  regularly  for  recoverability  based  on  historical  taxable  income,  projected  future  taxable
income, the expected timing of the reversals of existing temporary differences and tax planning strategies. Although realization is not assured, the Company does
not establish a valuation allowance when it is more likely than not that a net deferred tax asset will be realized.

At the end of 2018, the Company recognized an $11 million deferred tax asset for U.S. interest limitations associated with new tax reform rules under IRC
163(j). This asset is an indefinite lived asset and realizability is dependent on projected future taxable income in the U.S. In 2018, the Company expected profit
trends in the U.S. to increase based on forecasts and other tax planning strategies. It was determined based on those projections, a valuation allowance was not
warranted  at  the  end  of  2018.  During  2019,  the  Company  recognized  an  additional  $8  million  of  disallowed  interest  expense  as  the  Company’s  financial
performance in 2019 did not meet previous expectations. While the Company is taking steps to improve future U.S. financial results, the Company determined the
weight of the actual historical results exceeds potential forecasted income thereby necessitating the requirement to book a valuation allowance against the asset of
$19 million in the fourth quarter of 2019.

The Company also booked a valuation allowance of $18.4 million in the fourth quarter of 2019 against the net tax assets for Fuller Mexico. The Company
noted that the financial  performance  of Fuller had fallen  below their previous trend lines and it concluded that they would fall significantly  short of forecasted
expectations. Revenue and profitability further declined in the fourth quarter of 2019. These declines in the financial performance triggered a reassessment of the
realizability of the deferred tax assets in the fourth quarter resulting in a full valuation of $18.4 million being taken against the Fuller net deferred tax assets.

The Company accounts for Uncertain Tax Positions in accordance with FASB, ASC Topic 740, income taxes or ASC 740, which provides guidance on the
determination  of  how  tax  benefits  claimed  or  expected  to  be  claimed  on  a  tax  return  should  be  recorded  in  the  financial  statements.  In  accordance  with  this
standard,  tax  benefits  are  only  recognized  after  concluding  that  it  is  more  likely  than  not  that  the  benefit  will  be  sustained  upon  audit  by  the  respective  taxing
authority based solely on the technical merits of the associated tax position. Once the recognition threshold is met, the Company recognizes a tax benefit measured
as the largest amount of the tax benefit that, in our judgment, is greater than 50 percent likely to be realized. Interest and penalties related to income tax liabilities
are included in income tax expense on the Consolidated Statements of Income.

The Company has designated the undistributed earnings of a portion of the foreign operations as indefinitely reinvested and, as a result, the Company does not
provide for deferred income taxes on the unremitted earnings of these subsidiaries. The foreign earnings are computed under U.S. federal tax earnings and profits
(“E&P”) principles. In general, to the extent the financial reporting book basis over tax basis of a foreign subsidiary exceeds these E&P amounts, deferred taxes
have  not  been  provided,  as  they  are  essentially  permanent  in  duration.  The  determination  of  the  amount  of  such  unrecognized  deferred  tax  liability  is  not
practicable.  The  Company  does  provide  for  deferred  income  taxes  on  the  undistributed  earnings  of  foreign  operations  that  are  not  deemed  to  be  indefinitely
invested. The Company will continue to evaluate the permanent investment assertion taking into consideration all relevant and current tax laws.

Refer to the Application of Critical Accounting Policies and Estimates section and Note 13 to the Consolidated Financial Statements in Part II, Item 8 of this

Report for additional discussions of the Company's tax positions.

24

Table of Contents

Net Income and Operating Income

Operating income decreased 61 percent in 2019 compared with 2018, which included a three percentage-point negative translation impact on the comparison
from changes in foreign currency exchange rates. Net income decreased $143.5 million on a reported basis, including a $13.0 million negative translation impact
from changes in foreign exchange rates. The decrease in local currency net income reflected:

•
•
•
•
•
•

decreased segment profit in Asia Pacific, primarily in China and Indonesia
decreased segment profit for North America, primarily at Fuller Mexico and in the United States and Canada
decreased segment profit in South America, primarily from Brazil
impairment charges related to intangible assets, mainly related to Fuller Mexico goodwill and Fuller tradename
CEO transition costs
increased re-engineering costs across all segments

These decreases were partially offset by the benefit from the reclassification due to the change in hedge accounting.

International operations accounted for 93 percent of sales in 2019 and 92 percent in 2018. They accounted for 98 percent and 97 percent of segment profit in

2019 and 2018, respectively.

Segment Results 2019 vs. 2018

(Dollars in millions)
Net Sales

Europe

Asia Pacific

North America

South America

Total net sales

Segment profit

Europe

Asia Pacific

North America

South America

$

$

$

Segment profit as a percent of sales

Europe

Asia Pacific

North America

South America

____________________
pp    percentage points
na    not applicable

Europe

2019

2018

Dollar

Percent

Change

  Change excluding

the translation
impact of foreign
exchange

Translation
foreign exchange
impact

Percent of total

2019

2018

475.2

  $

525.6

  $

590.5

453.5

278.7

682.0

515.1

347.0

(50.4)  

(91.5)  

(61.6)  

(68.3)  

(10)%  

(4)%   $

(13)

(12)

(20)

(11)

(12)

(9)

1,797.9

  $

2,069.7

  $

(271.8)  

(13)%  

(9)%   $

(32.9)

(17.5)

(0.9)

(40.3)

(91.6)

38.0

  $

46.3

  $

124.3

40.2

43.8

172.5

76.3

68.3

(8.3)  

(48.2)  

(36.1)  

(24.5)  

(18)%  

(11)%   $

(28)

(47)

(36)

(26)

(47)

(29)

8.0%  

8.8%  

21.0

8.9

15.7

25.3

14.8

19.7

na

na

na

na

(0.8)pp  

(0.7)pp  

(4.3)

(5.9)

(4.0)

(4.1)

(5.9)

(4.4)

(3.5)

(5.5)

—  

(6.8)

(0.1)pp  

(0.2)

—  

0.4

26%  

25%

33

25

16

33

25

17

100%  

100%

15%  

13%

51

16

18

na

na

na

na

47

21

19

na

na

na

na

Reported sales decreased ten percent in  2019 compared with  2018. Excluding the translation impact of foreign currency exchange rates, sales decreased by

four percent, primarily reflecting reduced volume of products sold. On average, 2019 prices were even with 2018.

25

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Table of Contents

The net decrease in local currency sales was driven by:

•
•
•

a decrease in Germany sales, excluding business-to-business, mainly due to a smaller, less active sales force
a decrease in Italy sales, excluding business-to-business, mainly from a less productive sales force
partially offset by higher net business-to-business sales in the year

Segment profit decreased $8.3 million or 18 percent in 2019 compared with 2018. Segment profit as a percentage of sales was 8.0 percent in 2019 compared
with 8.8 percent in 2018. Excluding the translation impact of foreign currency exchange rates, segment profit decreased 11 percent compared with 2018 primarily
due to lower sales.

The Euro and South African rand were the main currencies that impacted the year-over-year sales comparison while the South African rand had a meaningful

impact on the profit comparison.

Asia Pacific

Reported sales in Asia Pacific in 2019 decreased 13 percent compared with  2018. Excluding the translation impact of foreign currency exchange rates, the
segment's  sales  decreased  11  percent.  On  average,  the  impact  of  lower prices  was  one  percent compared  with  2018,  primarily  related  to  more  aggressive
promotional pricing.

The main drivers for the decrease in local currency sales were:

•

•

China, from a reduction in outlet openings and a shift in mix to mid-priced products from premium priced products due to lower consumer spending
trends
India, from a smaller and less active sales force in addition to the recent shift to the studio and digital model in response to changing regulations
around direct sellers in the country
Indonesia, from a less active sales force

•
• Malaysia and Singapore, due to a less active sales force in addition to lower consumer spending

Total  segment  profit  decreased $48.2 million or  28 percent in  2019.  Excluding  the  translation  impact  of  foreign  currency  exchange  rates,  segment  profit
decrease 26 percent compared with  2018. Segment profit as a percentage of sales was 21.0 percent in 2019 compared with  25.3 percent in 2018. The decreased
segment profit primarily reflected:

•

•
•

the impact from lower sales volume and shift in product mix in China, in addition to lower margins from an increase in selling expenses driven by
higher headcount to support the projected outlet expansion
lower sales volumes and higher investments to drive the new compensation program in Indonesia
an increase in Philippine excise tax

The Chinese renminbi had the most meaningful impact on the year-over-year sales and profit comparisons.

North America

Reported and restated sales decreased 12 percent in 2019 compared with 2018. The average price increase in this segment was three percent.

The decrease in sales was associated to:

•

•

Fuller Mexico, due to a less active and less productive sales force mainly from lower consumer spending resulting from unfavorable economic and
geopolitical trends
the United States and Canada, reflecting poor response to promotional programs, resulting in a reduction in activity and productivity

Segment profit decreased $36.1 million or 47 percent in 2019 compared with 2018. Segment profit as a percentage of sales at 8.9 percent was 5.9 percentage

points lower than 2018, related to:

•
•

Fuller Mexico, due to lower sales volume and an increase in bad debt costs, distribution expenses and obsolescence charges
the United States and Canada, from lower sales volume

26

Table of Contents

In February 2020, the Company, with the help of external legal and accounting resources, conducted an investigation into its Fuller Mexico business primarily
regarding the accounting for accounts payable and accrued liabilities. The Company has completed this investigation and the financial impact of the out of period
adjustments in 2019 and 2018, for the annual and interim periods, was immaterial.

South America

Reported sales for this segment decreased 20 percent in 2019 compared with 2018. Excluding the translation impact of changes in foreign currency exchange
rates, sales decreased nine percent, reflecting lower sales force activity and recruiting in Brazil due to increased competition, the need for digitization to attract and
retain the sales force, and unfavorable macroeconomic trends, including lower consumer spending. This was partially offset by Argentina from higher prices due to
inflation. The average price increase in this segment was six percent.

Segment profit decreased $24.5 million or 36 percent in 2019 compared with 2018, including a negative $6.8 million impact from changes in foreign currency
exchange rates. Segment profit as a percentage of sales, at 15.7 percent, was 4.0 percentage points lower than in 2018, primarily reflecting the impact from lower
sales volume and higher distribution expenses and bad debt costs in Brazil.

The Argentine peso and Brazilian real were the main currencies with significant negative translation impacts on the year-over-year comparison for sales while

the Brazilian real had the greatest impact on the profit comparison.

Financial Condition

Liquidity and Capital Resources

The Company's net working capital position decreased by $11.9 million at the end of 2019 compared with the end of 2018. Excluding the impact of changes in

foreign currency exchange rates, net working capital decreased $12.1 million, primarily reflecting:

•
•
•
•
•

a $32.9 million decrease in accounts receivable driven by lower sales at year-end and increased collection activity
a $14.9 million increase in short-term borrowings, net of cash and cash equivalents
a $7.9 million increase in payables related to the net amounts on the balance sheet for hedging activities
a $9.3 million decrease in inventory mainly related to improved inventory management
partially offset by a $50.7 million net decrease in accounts payable and accrued liabilities due to the timing of payments around year-end, as well as
payments during the year under the Company's restructuring programs.

On  February  28,  2020,  the  Company  amended  the  Credit  Agreement  (the  “Amendment”)  in  order  to  modify  certain  provisions,  including  the  required
Consolidated Leverage Ratio. Previously, the Company had to maintain at specified measurement periods a Consolidated Leverage Ratio that was not greater than
or  equal  to  3.75  to  1.00.  Had  the  Credit  Agreement  not  been  amended,  the  Company  may  have  exceeded  the  Consolidated  Leverage  Ratio  for  the  four  fiscal
quarters ending in March 2020. This would have constituted an Event of Default, potentially resulting in a cross default under cross-default provisions with respect
to other of our debt obligations, giving the lenders the ability to terminate the revolving commitments, accelerate outstanding amounts under the Credit Agreement,
exercise certain remedies relating to the collateral  securing the Credit Agreement, and require the Company to post cash collateral  for all outstanding letters of
credit. In addition to the relief provided in the Amendment, the Company has reduced certain operating expenses beginning in 2020 and could use available cash to
make debt repayments to lower its Consolidated Leverage Ratio. Following the Amendment, the Company is required to maintain at the last day of each quarterly
measurement period a Consolidated Leverage Ratio not greater than or equal to the ratio as set forth below opposite the period that includes such day (or, if such
day does not end on the last day of the calendar quarter, that includes the last day of the calendar quarter that is nearest to such day):

27

Table of Contents

From the Amendment No. 2 effective date to and including June 27, 2020

Period

September 26, 2020

December 26, 2020

March 27, 2021

June 26, 2021 and thereafter

Consolidated Leverage Ratio
5.75 to 1.00

5.25 to 1.00

4.50 to 1.00

4.00 to 1.00

3.75 to 1.00

The  Amendment  also  eliminated  the  requirement  that  a  Non-Investment  Grade  Ratings  Event  must  occur  before  the  Company  is  required  to  cause  the
Additional  Guarantee  and  Collateral  Requirement  to  be  satisfied,  each  term,  as  defined  in  the  Amendment.  As  a  result,  the  Company  is  now  required  to  cause
certain of its domestic subsidiaries to become guarantors and the Company and certain of its domestic subsidiaries are required to pledge additional collateral.

See the Company’s Form 8-K with a filing date of March 2, 2020 for more information.

As of December 28, 2019, the Company had total borrowings of $272.0 million outstanding under the Credit Agreement, with $174.9 million of that amount
denominated in Euro. As of December 28, 2019, the Credit Agreement dictated a base rate spread of 150 basis points, which gave the Company a weighted average
interest rate of 2.1 percent on London interbank offered rate (“LIBOR”)-based borrowings under the Credit Agreement. As of December 28, 2019, and currently,
the Company was in compliance with the financial covenants in the Credit Agreement.

At December 28, 2019, the Company had $458.5 million of unused lines of credit, including $376.6 million under the committed, secured Credit Agreement,
and $81.9 million available  under  various  uncommitted  lines  around  the  world.  If  necessary,  with  the  agreement  of  its  lenders,  the  Company  is  permitted  to
increase its borrowing capacity under the Credit Agreement by a total of up to $200 million subject to certain conditions.

The Company has outstanding approximately $600 million aggregate principal amount of 4.75% senior notes (the “Senior Notes”). The Senior Notes become
due on June 1, 2021. The Notes were issued under an indenture (the “Indenture”) between the Company and its 100 percent subsidiary, Dart Industries Inc. (the
“Guarantor”) and Wells Fargo Bank, N.A., as trustee. As security for its obligations under the guarantee of the Senior Notes, the Guarantor has granted a security
interest  in  certain  “Tupperware”  trademarks  and  service  marks.  As  security  for  its  obligations  under  the  guarantee  of  the  Credit  Agreement,  the  Guarantor  has
granted a security interest in those certain “Tupperware” trademarks and service marks, as well. The Indenture includes, among others, covenants that limit the
ability of the Company to raise indebtedness or equity capital under certain circumstances.

Whether the Company will be able to repay or refinance the Senior Notes will depend on market conditions and the Company’s financial performance at the
time. Any refinancing, if at all, of the Senior Notes could be at a higher interest rate and may require the Company to comply with more covenants, which could
further restrict the Company's business operations. If the Company is unable to repay or refinance the Senior Notes, the holders of the Seniors Notes may pursue
certain remedies relating to the collateral securing the guaranty of the Senior Notes or pursue other remedies, in each case in accordance with the Indenture and the
documents relating to such collateral, all of which could have a material adverse effect on the Company.

See Note 8 to the Consolidated Financial Statements in Part II, Item 8 of this Report for further details regarding the Company's debt.

The Company monitors the third-party depository institutions that hold its cash and cash equivalents with an emphasis primarily on safety and liquidity of
principal  and  secondarily  on  maximizing  yield  on  those  funds.  The  Company  diversifies  its  cash  and  cash  equivalents  among  counterparties,  which  minimizes
exposure to any one of these entities. Furthermore, the Company is exposed to financial market risk resulting from changes in interest rates, foreign currency rates,
and the possible liquidity and credit risks of its counterparties. The Company believes that it has sufficient liquidity to fund its working capital, capital spending
needs and current and anticipated restructuring actions. This liquidity includes its year-end 2019 cash and cash equivalents balance of $123.2 million, cash flows
from operating activities, and access to its Credit Agreement, as well as access to other various uncommitted lines of credit around the world. The Company has
not experienced any limitations on its ability to access its committed facility.

28

Table of Contents

Cash and cash equivalents (“cash”) totaled $123.2 million as of December 28, 2019. Of this amount, $122.4 million was held by foreign subsidiaries. Of the
cash held outside the United States, less than 1 percent was deemed ineligible for repatriation. Other than deferred tax liability of $8.8 million for the withholding
tax liability for future distribution of unrepatriated foreign earnings, no U.S. federal income taxes or other foreign taxes have been recorded related to permanently
reinvested earnings.

The Company’s most significant foreign currency exposures include:

Brazilian real
•
Chinese renminbi
•
Euro
•
•
Indonesian rupiah
• Malaysian ringgit
• Mexican peso
•

South African rand

Business units in which the Company generated at least $100 million of sales in 2019 included:

•
•
•
•
•

Brazil
China
Fuller Mexico
Tupperware Mexico
the United States and Canada

Of these units, sales by Brazil and China exceeded $200 million.

A significant downturn in the Company’s business in these units would adversely impact its ability to generate operating cash flows. Operating cash flows
would also be adversely impacted by significant difficulties in the additions, retention and activity of the Company’s independent sales force or the success of new
products,  promotional  programs  and/or  possibly  changes  in  sales  force  compensation  programs.  See  Item  1A  under  “Natural  disasters  and  unusual  weather
conditions, pandemic outbreaks, terrorist acts, global political events and other serious catastrophic events” for more information regarding COVID-19 and how it
could affect the Company's business, financial condition, or results of operations.

Operating Activities

Net cash provided by operating activities in  2019 was $87.4 million, compared with $132.0 million in 2018. The net unfavorable comparison was primarily

due to:

•
•

an unfavorable impact from lower segment profit
partially offset by a reduction in inventory due to more effective inventory management and a reduction in accounts receivable driven by lower sales
and increased collection activity

Investing Activities

During 2019, the Company had $61.0 million of capital expenditures invested in:

•
•
•
•

$22.8 million related to global information technology projects
$20.2 million related to molds used in the manufacturing of products
$15.9 million related to buildings and improvements, and other machinery and equipment
$2.1 million primarily related to land development near the Company's Orlando, Florida headquarters

In 2018, the Company had $75.4 million of capital expenditures consisting of:

•
•
•
•
•

$26.3 million related to molds used in the manufacturing of products
$20.2 million on various global information technology projects
$12.4 million consisting primarily of marketing office expenses, vehicles, and other miscellaneous items
$9.2 million corresponding to the land development near the Company's Orlando, Florida headquarters
$7.3 million related to supply chain capabilities, excluding molds

29

Table of Contents

Partially offsetting capital spending were proceeds from the sale of long-term assets of $34.0 million and $40.7 million in 2019 and 2018, respectively. These
proceeds primarily reflected transactions associated with land near the Company's Orlando, Florida headquarters in both years as well as the transaction related to
the  sale  of  the  French  marketing  office  in  2019  and  transactions  associated  with  the  sale  of  the  distribution  facility  in  Japan  and  Beauticontrol  headquarters  in
Texas during 2018.

Financing Activities

In  2019 and  2018,  the  Company  had  net  outflow  of  $6.2  million and  an  inflow  of  $162.1  million for  changes  in  borrowings  under  its  revolving  credit

agreements, respectively. In addition, the Company made scheduled lease payments of $1.6 million and $1.9 million in each of those respective periods.

Dividends

During  2019 and  2018,  the  Company  declared  dividends  of  $0.81 and  $2.72 per  share  of  common  stock  totaling  $74.3  million and  $137.8  million,

respectively.

Stock Repurchases

Open market share repurchases by the Company were permitted under an authorization that ran through February 1, 2020 and allowed up to $2.0 billion to be
spent  and  was  not  extended.  Under  this  program,  there  were  no  share  repurchases  in  2019. During 2018, there were 2.6 million  shares repurchased  for $100.2
million. Since 2007, the Company has spent $1.39 billion to repurchase 23.8 million shares under this program.

Employees are also allowed to use shares to pay withholding taxes, up to the minimum statutory amount, related to activity under all of the Company's stock
incentive plans. For 2019 and  2018, the value of shares used for withholding taxes was $0.9 million and  $1.5 million, respectively, which is included as stock
repurchases in the Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows.

Contractual Obligations

The following summarizes the Company’s contractual obligations at December 28, 2019 and the effect such obligations are expected to have on its liquidity

and cash flow in future periods.

(In millions)
Debt obligations

Interest payments on long term obligations

Pension benefits

Post-employment medical benefits

Capital commitments (a)

Lease obligations

Total

Less than 1
year

1-3 years

3-5 years

More than 5
years

$

875.4   $

273.2   $

602.2   $

—   $

57.7  

129.9  

12.6  

1.6  

98.3  

29.1  

16.0  

1.3  

1.6  

34.2  

28.6  

24.0  

2.3  

—  

38.0  

—  

25.3  

2.1  

—  

13.1  

—

—

64.6

6.9

—

13.0

Total contractual obligations (b)
____________________
(a) Capital commitments represent signed agreements as of December 28, 2019 on several capital projects in process at the Company’s various units.
(b) The table excludes information on recurring purchases of inventory as these are made under non-binding purchase orders, are generally consistent from year to
year, and are short-term in nature. The table does not include future anticipated income tax settlements. See Note 13 to the Consolidated Financial Statements
for additional information.

1,175.5   $

695.1   $

355.4   $

40.5   $

84.5

$

30

 
 
 
 
Table of Contents

Application of Critical Accounting Policies and Estimates

Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations is based upon the Company’s Consolidated Financial Statements
that have been prepared in accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America. The preparation of these financial statements
requires  management  to  make  estimates  and  assumptions  that  affect  the  reported  and  disclosed  amounts.  Actual  results  may  differ  from  these  estimates  under
different assumptions or conditions. The Company believes the implementation of the following critical accounting policies are the most significantly affected by
its judgments and estimates.

Allowance for Doubtful Accounts.

The Company maintains current receivable amounts with most of its independent distributors and sales force in certain markets. It also maintains long-term
receivable  amounts  with  certain  of  these  customers.  The  Company  regularly  monitors  and  assesses  its  risk  of  not  collecting  amounts  owed  by  customers.  This
evaluation  is  based  upon  an  analysis  of  amounts  current  and  past  due,  along  with  relevant  history  and  facts  particular  to  the  customer.  It  is  also  based  upon
estimates of distributor business prospects, particularly related to the evaluation of the recoverability of long-term amounts due. This evaluation is performed by
business unit and account by account, based upon historical experience, market penetration levels and similar factors. It also considers collateral of the customer
that could be recovered to satisfy debts. The Company records its allowance for doubtful accounts based on the results of this analysis. The analysis requires the
Company to make significant estimates and as such, changes in facts and circumstances could result in material changes in the allowance for doubtful accounts.
The Company considers as past due any receivable balance not collected within its contractual terms.

Inventory Valuation

The  Company  writes  down  its  inventory  for  obsolescence  or  unmarketability  in  an  amount  equal  to  the  difference  between  the  cost  of  the  inventory  and
estimated market value based upon expected future demand and pricing. The demand and pricing is estimated based upon the historical success of product lines as
well  as  the  projected  success  of  promotional  programs,  new  product  introductions  and  the  availability  of  new  markets  or  distribution  channels.  The  Company
prepares projections of demand and pricing on an item by item basis for all of its products. If inventory on hand exceeds projected demand or the expected market
value is less than the carrying value, the excess is written down to its net realizable value. If actual demand or the estimate of market value decreases, additional
write-downs would be required.

Income Taxes

The  Company  records  the  estimated  future  tax  effects  of  temporary  differences  between  the  tax  basis  of  assets  and  liabilities  and  amounts  reported  in  the
Consolidated  Balance  Sheet,  as  well  as  operating  loss  and  tax  credit  carryforwards.  Deferred  tax  assets  and  liabilities  are  measured  using  the  enacted  rates
applicable to taxable income in the years in which the temporary differences are expected to reverse and the credits are expected to be used. The effect on deferred
tax assets and liabilities of a change in tax rates is recognized in income in the period that includes the enactment date. The Company follows very specific and
detailed guidelines in each tax jurisdiction regarding the recoverability of any tax assets recorded on the balance sheet and provides necessary valuation allowances
as required. Future realization of deferred tax assets ultimately depends on the existence of sufficient taxable income of the appropriate character (for example,
ordinary income or capital gain) within the carryback or carryforward periods available under the tax law. The Company regularly reviews the deferred tax assets
for recoverability based on historical taxable income, projected future taxable income, the expected timing of the reversals of existing temporary differences and
tax planning strategies. The Company has not made any material changes in the methodologies used to determine the tax valuation allowances during the past three
fiscal years.

31

Table of Contents

The  Company's  Consolidated  Balance  Sheet  as  of  December  28,  2019 included  deferred  tax  assets  of  $531.1 million and  deferred  tax  liabilities  of  $32.6
million. This compares with deferred tax assets of $513.3 million and deferred tax liabilities of $19.0 million as of December 29, 2018. For all jurisdictions for
which the Company has net deferred tax assets, the Company expects that the existing levels of pre-tax earnings are sufficient to generate the amount of future
taxable income needed to realize these tax assets. The valuation allowance related to deferred income taxes, which is reflected in the Consolidated Balance Sheet,
was $315.6 million as of December 28, 2019 and $284.6 million as of December 29, 2018. Although the Company makes reasonable efforts to ensure the accuracy
of the deferred tax assets, if the Company continues to operate at a loss in certain jurisdictions or is unable to generate sufficient future taxable income, or if there
is  a  material  change  in  the  actual  effective  tax  rates  or  time  period  within  which  the  underlying  temporary  differences  become  taxable  or  deductible,  or  if  the
potential impact of tax planning strategies changes, the Company could be required to increase the valuation allowance against all or a significant portion of the
deferred tax assets resulting in a substantial increase in the effective tax rate and a material adverse impact on the operating results.

The Company accounts for Uncertain Tax Positions in accordance with FASB, ASC Topic 740, income taxes or ASC 740, which provides guidance on the
determination of how tax benefits claimed or expected to be claimed on a tax return should be recorded in the financial statements. Under ASC 740, the Company
must recognize the tax benefit from an uncertain tax position only if it is more likely than not that the tax position will be sustained on examination by the taxing
authorities based on the technical merits of the position. The tax benefits recognized in the financial statements from such a position are measured on the largest
benefit that has a greater than fifty percent likelihood of being recognized.

Refer to Note 13 to the Consolidated Financial Statements in Part II, Item 8 of this Report for additional discussions of the Company's tax positions.

Promotional Accruals

The Company frequently makes promotional offers to its independent sales force to encourage them to meet specific goals or targets for sales levels, party
attendance, addition of new sales force members or other business-critical activities. The awards offered are in the form of product awards, special prizes or trips.
The cost of these awards is recorded during the period over which the sales force qualifies for the award. These accruals require estimates as to the cost of the
awards based upon estimates of achievement and actual cost to be incurred. The Company makes these estimates on a market by market and program by program
basis.  It considers  the  historical  success  of  similar  programs,  current  market  trends  and  perceived  enthusiasm  of  the  sales  force  when the  program  is  launched.
During the promotion's qualification period, actual results are monitored and appropriate changes to the original estimates are made when known.

Goodwill and Intangible Assets

The Company’s goodwill and intangible assets relate primarily to the December 2005 acquisition of the direct selling businesses of Sara Lee Corporation. The
Company does not amortize its goodwill or indefinite-lived tradename intangible assets. Instead, the Company performs an annual impairment assessment of these
assets, or more frequently if events or changes in circumstances indicate they may be impaired.

The annual process for evaluating goodwill begins with an assessment for each entity of qualitative factors to determine whether a quantitative evaluation of the
unit's fair value compared with its carrying value is necessary. The qualitative factors evaluated by the Company include: macro-economic conditions of the local
business environment, overall financial performance, sensitivity analysis from the most recent quantitative fair value evaluation ("fair value test").

32

Table of Contents

Any  fair  value  test  necessary  is  done  using  either  the  income  approach  or  a  combination  of  the  income  and  market  approaches,  with  generally  a  greater
weighting  on  the  income  approach  (75 percent).  The  income  approach,  or  discounted  cash  flow  approach,  requires  significant  assumptions  to  estimate  the  fair
value of each reporting unit. These include assumptions regarding future operations and the ability to generate cash flows, including projections of revenue, costs,
utilization of assets and capital requirements, along with an appropriate discount rate to be used. The most sensitive estimate in the fair value test is the projection
of operating cash flows, as these provide the basis for the estimate of fair market value. The Company’s cash flow model uses a forecast period of ten years and a
terminal value. The growth rates are determined by reviewing historical results of the operating unit and the historical results of the Company’s similar business
units, along with the expected contribution from growth strategies being implemented. The market approach relies on an analysis of publicly-traded companies
similar to Tupperware Brands and deriving a range of revenue and profit multiples. The publicly-traded companies used in the market approach are selected based
on their having similar product lines of consumer goods, beauty products and/or companies using a direct selling distribution method. The resulting multiples are
then applied to the reporting unit to determine fair value.

The Company's indefinite-lived tradename intangible assets are evaluated for impairment annually similarly to goodwill. When the Company determines it is
appropriate, the fair value of these assets is estimated using the relief from royalty method, which is a form of the income approach. Under this method, the value
of the asset is calculated by selecting a royalty rate, which estimates the amount a company would be willing to pay for the use of the asset. This rate is applied to
the reporting unit's projected revenue, tax affected and discounted to present value.

Refer to Note 1 and Note 7 of the Consolidated Financial Statements in Part II, Item 8 of this Report regarding the annual process for evaluating goodwill and

intangible assets.

Retirement Obligations

Pensions

The Company records pension costs and the funded status of its defined benefit pension plans using the applicable accounting guidance for defined benefit
pension  and  other  post-retirement  plans.  This  guidance  requires  that  amounts  recognized  in  the  financial  statements  be  determined  on  an  actuarial  basis.  The
measurement  of  the  retirement  obligations  and  costs  of  providing  benefits  under  the  Company’s  pension  plans  involves  various  factors,  including  several
assumptions. The Company believes the most critical of these assumptions are the discount rate and the expected long-term rate of return on plan assets.

The Company determines the discount rate primarily by reference to rates of high-quality, long-term corporate and government bonds that mature in a pattern
similar  to  the  expected  payments  to  be  made  under  the  plans.  The  discount  rate  assumptions  used  to  determine  pension  expense  for  the  Company’s  U.S.  and
foreign plans were as follows:

Discount Rate
U.S. Plans

Foreign Plans

2019

2018

4.3%  

1.9

3.3%

2.6

The  Company  has  established  strategic  asset  allocation  percentage  targets  for  significant  asset  classes  with  the  aim  of  achieving  an  appropriate  balance
between risk and return. The Company periodically revises asset allocations, where appropriate, in an effort to improve return and manage risk. The estimated rate
of  return  is  based  on  long-term  expectations  given  current  investment  objectives  and  historical  results.  The  expected  rate  of  return  assumptions  used  by  the
Company for its U.S. and foreign plans were as follows:

Expected rate of return
U.S. Plans

Foreign Plans

2019

2018

7.0%  

2.6

7.0%

3.0

33

 
 
 
 
Table of Contents

The following table highlights the potential impact on the Company’s annual pension expense due to changes in certain key assumptions with respect to the

Company’s plans, based on assets and liabilities as of December 28, 2019:

(In millions)
Discount rate change by 50 basis points

Expected rate of return on plan assets change by 50 basis points

Other Post-Retirement Benefits

Increase

Decrease

$

(1.5)   $

(0.5)  

1.5

0.5

The  Company  accounts  for  its  post-retirement  benefit  plan  in  accordance  with  applicable  accounting  guidance,  which  requires  that  amounts  recognized  in
financial  statements  be  determined  on  an  actuarial  basis.  This  determination  requires  the  selection  of  various  assumptions,  including  a  discount  rate,  to  value
benefit obligations. The Company determines the discount rate primarily by reference to rates of return on high-quality, long-term corporate bonds that mature in a
pattern similar to the expected payments to be made under the plan. The discount rate assumptions used by the Company to determine other post-retirement benefit
expense  were  4.3 percent for  2019,  and  3.5 percent for  2018.  A  change  in  discount  rate  of  50  basis  points  would  not  materially  change  the  annual  expense
associated with the plan.

Revenue Recognition

On December 31, 2017, the Company adopted new guidance on revenue from contracts with customers using the modified retrospective method. The new

guidance was applied to all contracts at the date of initial application.

Under the new guidance, the contract is defined as the order received from the Company's customer who, in most cases, is one of the Company's independent
distributors or a member of its independent sales force. Revenue is recognized when control of the product passes to the customer, which is upon shipment, and is
recognized  at  the  amount  that  reflects  the  consideration  the  Company  expects  to  receive  for  the  products  sold,  including  various  forms  of  discounts  and  net  of
expected returns which is estimated using historical return patterns and current expectation of future returns. The Company elected to account for shipping and
handling activities that occur after the customer has obtained control of the product as an activity to fulfill the promise to transfer the product rather than as an
additional promised service. Generally, payment is either received in advance or in a relatively short period of time following shipment. When revenue is recorded,
estimates  of  returns  are  made  and  recorded  as  a  reduction  of  revenue.  Contracts  with  customers  are  evaluated  to  determine  if  there  are  separate  performance
obligations that are not yet met. These obligations generally relate to product awards to be subsequently fulfilled. When that is the case, revenue is deferred until
each performance obligation is met.

Stock-Based Compensation

The Company measures compensation cost for stock-based awards at fair value and recognizes compensation over the service period for awards expected to
vest. The Company uses the Black-Scholes option-pricing model to value stock options, which requires the input of assumptions, including dividend yield, risk-
free interest rate, the estimated length of time employees will retain their vested stock options before exercising them (expected term) and the estimated volatility
of the Company's common stock price over the expected term.

Impact of Inflation

Inflation,  as  measured  by  consumer  price  indices,  has  continued  at  a  low  level  in  most  of  the  countries  in  which  the  Company  operates,  except  in  South
America, particularly in Argentina and Venezuela. Refer to Note 1 to the Consolidated Financial Statements in Part II, Item 8 of this Report for a discussion of
inflation.

New Pronouncements

Refer to Note 1 to the Consolidated Financial Statements in Part II, Item 8 of this Report for a discussion of new accounting pronouncements.

34

 
Table of Contents

Item 7A.    Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures About Market Risk.

The Company may be impacted by interest rate changes on its borrowings. The Company accesses the short-term and long-term markets to obtain financing.
Access to, and the availability of acceptable terms and conditions of, such financing are impacted by many factors, including: the credit ratings; the liquidity and
volatility of the overall capital markets; and the current state of the economy. The Company has elected to manage this risk through the maturity structure of its
borrowings and the currencies in which it borrows.

Interest Rate Risk

Loans taken under the Credit Agreement are of a short duration and bear interest under a formula that includes, at the Company's option, one of four different
base rates, plus an applicable spread. The Company generally selects LIBOR as its base rate. Although the Company’s euro EURIBOR base rate was below zero
throughout 2019, the base rate cannot be below zero under the Credit Agreement. As of December 28, 2019, the Credit Agreement dictated a spread of 150 basis
points, which gave the Company a weighted average interest rate on its U.S. dollar and euro denominated LIBOR/EURIBOR-based borrowings under the Credit
Agreement of 2.10 percent.

On July 27, 2017, the Financial Conduct Authority (the authority that regulates LIBOR) announced that it would phase-out LIBOR by the end of 2021. It is
unclear  whether  new  methods  of  calculating  LIBOR  will  be  established  such  that  it  continues  to  exist  after  2021,  or  if  alternative  rates  or  benchmarks  will  be
adopted. Changes in the method of calculating LIBOR, or the replacement of LIBOR with an alternative rate or benchmark, may adversely affect interest rates. The
Company cannot predict the effect of the potential changes to LIBOR or the establishment of alternative rates or benchmarks. The Credit Agreement allows for the
use of select alternative rates and benchmarks and based on the assessment of such rates and benchmarks, the Company does not expect a material impact from the
phase-out of LIBOR.

As of December 28, 2019, the Company had total borrowings of $272.0 million outstanding under its Credit Agreement, with $174.9 million denominated in
Euro.  If  short-term  interest  rates  varied  by  10  percent,  which  in  the  Company's  case  would  mean  short  duration  U.S.  dollar  and  euro  LIBOR,  with  all  other
variables remaining constant, the Company's annual interest expense would not be significantly impacted.

The Company routinely increases its revolver borrowings under the Credit Agreement during each quarter to fund operating, investing and financing activities
and uses cash available at the end of each quarter to temporarily reduce borrowing levels. As a result, the Company incurs more interest expense and has higher
foreign exchange exposure on the value of its cash and debt during each quarter than would relate solely to the quarter end balances.

Foreign Exchange Rate Risk

A significant portion of the Company's sales and profit come from its international operations. Although these operations are geographically dispersed, which
partially  mitigates the risks associated  with operating in particular  countries, the Company is subject to the usual risks associated  with international  operations.
These risks include local political and economic environments and relations between foreign and U.S. governments.

Another economic risk of the Company is exposure to changes in foreign currency exchange rates on the earnings, cash flows and financial position of its
international  operations.  The  Company  is  not  able  to  project,  in  any  meaningful  way,  the  effect  of  these  possible  fluctuations  on  translated  amounts  or  future
earnings. This is due to the Company's constantly changing exposure to various currencies, the fact that all foreign currencies do not react in the same manner in
relation  to  the  U.S.  dollar  and  the  large  number  of  currencies  involved,  although  the  Company's  most  significant  income  and  cash  flow  exposures  are  to  the
Brazilian real, Chinese renminbi, Euro, Indonesian rupiah, Malaysian ringgit, Mexican peso and South African rand.

35

Table of Contents

Although this currency risk is partially mitigated by the natural hedge arising from the Company's local product sourcing in many countries, a strengthening
U.S. dollar generally has a negative impact on the Company. In response to this fact, the Company uses financial instruments, such as forward contracts, to hedge
its exposure to certain foreign exchange risks associated with a portion of its investment in international operations. In addition to hedging against the balance sheet
impact of changes in exchange rates, the hedge of investments in international operations also has the effect of hedging cash flow generated by those operations.
The  Company  also  hedges,  with  these  instruments,  certain  other  exposures  to  various  currencies  arising  from  amounts  payable  and  receivable,  non-permanent
intercompany transactions and a portion of purchases forecasted for generally up to the following 15 months. The Company does not seek to hedge the impact of
currency fluctuations on the translated value of the sales, profit or cash flow generated by its operations.

While the Company's derivatives that hedge a portion of its equity in its foreign subsidiaries and its fair value hedges of balance sheet risks all work together
to mitigate its exposure to foreign exchange gains or losses, they result in an impact to operating cash flows as they are settled. The net cash flow impact of these
currency hedges was an outflow of $2.3 million and inflows of $2.9 million and $0.1 million in 2019, 2018 and 2017, respectively.

The  U.S.  dollar  equivalent  of  the  Company's  most  significant  net  open  forward  contracts  as  of  December  28,  2019 were  to  buy  U.S.  dollars  worth  $72.5
million and  euros  worth  $56.6  million,  and  to  sell  Swiss  Francs  worth  $50.3  million and  Mexican  pesos  worth  $31.9  million.  In  agreements  to  sell  foreign
currencies  in  exchange  for  U.S.  dollars,  for  example,  an  appreciating  dollar  versus  the  opposing  currency  would  generate  a  cash  inflow  for  the  Company  at
settlement, with the opposite result in agreements to buy foreign currencies for U.S. dollars. The notional amounts change based upon changes in the Company's
outstanding currency exposures. Based on rates existing as of December 28, 2019, the Company was in a net payable position of $3.8 million related to its currency
hedges under forward contracts. Currency fluctuations could have a significant impact on the Company's cash flow upon the settlement of its forward contracts.
Through  the  end  of  2018,  the  Company  recorded  the  impact  of  forward  points  in  net  interest  expense  and  the  same  income  statement  line  item  that  is  used  to
present the earnings effect of the hedged item starting in 2019.

A precise calculation of the impact of currency fluctuations is not practical since some of the contracts are between non-U.S. dollar currencies. The Company
continuously monitors its foreign currency exposure and expects to enter into additional contracts to hedge exposure in the future. See further discussion regarding
the Company's hedging activities for foreign currency in Note 9 to the Consolidated Financial Statements.

The Company is subject to credit risks relating to the ability of counterparties of hedging transactions to meet their contractual payment obligations. The risks
related to creditworthiness and non-performance  have been considered in the determination of fair value for the Company's foreign currency forward exchange
contracts. The Company continues to closely monitor its counterparties and will take action, as appropriate and possible, to further manage its counterparty credit
risk.

36

Table of Contents

Commodity Price Risk

The Company is also exposed to rising material prices in its manufacturing operations and, in particular, the cost of oil and natural gas-based resins, including
the fact that in some cases resin prices are actually in, or are based on, currencies other than that of the unit buying the resin, which introduces a currency exposure
that is incremental to the exposure to changing market prices. Resins are the primary material used in production of most Tupperware® products, and the Company
estimates  that  2020 cost  of  sales  will  include  approximately  $95  million  for  the  cost  of  resin  in  the  Tupperware ® brand  products  it  produces  and  has  contract
manufactured. The Company uses many different kinds of resins in its products. About three-fourths of the value of its resin purchases are “polyolefins” (simple
chemical  structure,  easily  refined  from  oil  and  natural  gas).  The  remaining  one-fourth  of  the  value  of  its  resin  purchases  is  more  highly  engineered.  With  a
comparable product mix and exchange rates, a 10 percent fluctuation in the cost of resin would impact the Company's annual cost of sales by approximately $10
million  compared  with  the  prior  year.  The  amount  the  Company  pays  for  its  resins  is  impacted  by  the  relative  changes  in  supply  and  demand.  The  Company
partially manages its risk associated with rising resin costs by utilizing a centralized procurement function that is able to take advantage of bulk discounts while
maintaining multiple suppliers, and also enters into short-term pricing arrangements. It also manages its margin through cash flow hedges in some cases when it
purchases  resin  in  currencies,  or  effectively  in  currencies,  other  than  that  of  the  purchasing  unit.  This  is  done  through  the  pricing  of  its  products,  with  price
increases over time on its product offerings generally in line with consumer inflation in each market, and its mix of sales through its promotional programs and
promotionally priced offers. It also, on occasion, makes advance material purchases to take advantage of current favorable pricing.

Real Estate Risk

The Company has a program to sell land held for development around its Orlando, Florida headquarters. This program is exposed to the risks inherent in the
real  estate  development  process.  Included  among  these  risks  is  the  ability  to  obtain  all  necessary  government  approvals,  the  success  of  attracting  tenants  for
commercial  or residential developments in the Orlando real estate market, obtaining financing and general economic conditions, such as interest rate increases.
Based on the variety of factors that impact the Company's ability to close sales transactions, it cannot predict when the program will be completed.

Forward-Looking Statements

Certain statements made or incorporated by reference in this report are “forward-looking statements” within the meaning of the Private Securities Litigation
Reform Act of 1995. Statements that are not based on historical facts or information are forward-looking statements. Statements that include the words “believes,”
“expects,” “anticipates,” “intends,” “projects,” “estimates,” “plans” and similar expressions or future tense or conditional verbs such as “will,” “should,” “would,”
“may”  and  “could”  are  generally  forward-looking  in  nature  and  not  historical  facts.  Where,  in  any  forward-looking  statement,  the  Company  expresses  an
expectation or belief as to future results or events, such expectation or belief is based on the current plans and expectations at the time this report is filed with the
SEC or, with respect to any documents or statements incorporated by reference, on the then current plans and expectations at the time such document was filed
with the SEC, or statement was made. Such forward-looking statements involve risks and uncertainties that may cause actual results to differ materially from those
projected in forward-looking statements. Except as required by law, and as outlined below the Company undertakes no obligation to update or revise any forward-
looking statements to reflect changed assumptions, the occurrence of anticipated or unanticipated events, new information or changes to future results over time or
otherwise. Such risks and uncertainties include, among others, the following:

•

•

•

successful recruitment, retention and productivity levels of the Company's independent sales forces;

disruptions  caused  by  the  introduction  of  new  or  revised  distributor  operating  models  or  sales  force  compensation  systems  or  allegations  by  equity
analysts,  former distributors  or sales force members, government  agencies  or others as to the legality or viability  of the Company's business model,
particularly in India;

disruptions caused by restructuring activities, including facility closure, and the combination and exit of business units, impacting business models, the
supply chain, as well as not fully realizing expected savings or benefits related to increasing sales from actions taken;

37

Table of Contents

•

•

•

•

•

•

•

•

•

•

•

•

•

•

•

•

•

•

•

success of new products and promotional programs;

the ability to implement appropriate product mix and pricing strategies;

governmental  regulation  of  materials  used  in  products  coming  into  contact  with  food  (e.g.  polycarbonate  and  polyethersulfone),  as  well  as  beauty,
personal care and nutritional products;

governmental regulation and consumer tastes related to the use of plastic in products and/or packaging material;

the  ability  to  procure  and  pay  for  at  reasonable  economic  cost,  sufficient  raw  materials  and/or  finished  goods  to  meet  current  and  future  consumer
demands at reasonable suggested retail pricing levels in certain markets, particularly those with stringent government regulations and restrictions;

the impact of changes in consumer spending patterns and preferences, particularly given the global nature of the Company's business;

the value of long-term assets, particularly goodwill and indefinite and definite-lived intangibles associated with acquisitions, and the realizability of the
value of recognized tax assets;

changes  in  plastic  resin  prices,  other  raw  materials  and  packaging  components,  the  cost  of  converting  such  items  into  finished  goods  and  procured
finished products and the cost of delivering products to customers;

the introduction of Company operations in new markets outside the United States;

general social, economic and political conditions in markets, such as in Argentina, Brazil, China, France, India, Mexico, Russia and Turkey and other
countries impacted by such events;

issues arising out of the sovereign debt in the countries in which the Company operates, such as in Argentina and those in the Euro zone, resulting in
potential economic and operational challenges for the Company's supply chains, heightened counterparty credit risk due to adverse effects on customers
and suppliers, exchange controls (such as in Argentina and Egypt) and translation risks due to potential impairments of investments in affected markets;

disruptions resulting from either internal or external labor strikes, work stoppages, or similar difficulties, particularly in Brazil, France, India and South
Africa;

changes in cash flow resulting from changes in operating results, including from changes in foreign exchange rates, restructuring activities, working
capital management, debt payments, share repurchases and hedge settlements;

the impact of currency fluctuations on the value of the Company's operating results, assets, liabilities and commitments of foreign operations generally,
including their cash balances during and at the end of quarterly reporting periods, the results of those operations, the cost of sourcing products across
geographies and the success of foreign hedging and risk management strategies;

the impact of natural disasters, terrorist activities and epidemic or pandemic disease outbreaks, including the coronavirus outbreak;

the ability to repatriate, or otherwise make available, cash in the United States and to do so at a favorable foreign exchange rate and with favorable tax
ramifications, particularly from Brazil, China, India, Indonesia, Malaysia, Mexico and South Africa;

the ability to obtain all government approvals on, and to control the cost of infrastructure obligations associated with, property, plant and equipment;

the ability to timely and effectively implement, transition, maintain and protect necessary information technology systems and infrastructure;

cyberattacks and ransomware demands that could cause the Company to not be able to operate its systems and/or access or control its data, including
private data;

38

Table of Contents

•

•

•

•

•

•

•

•

•

the ability to attract and retain certain executive officers and key management personnel and the success of transitions or changes in leadership or key
management personnel;

the  success  of  land  buyers  in  attracting  tenants  for  commercial  and  residential  development  and  obtaining  required  government  approvals  and
financing;

the Company's access to, and the costs of, financing and the potential for banks with which the Company maintains lines of credit to be unable to fulfill
their  commitments;  the  costs  and  covenant  restrictions  associated  with  the  Company's  credit  arrangements  and  senior  notes  due  in  mid-2021;  the
Company’s ability to comply with, or further amend, financial covenants under its credit agreements;

integration of non-traditional product lines into Company operations;

the effect of legal, regulatory and tax proceedings, as well as restrictions imposed on the Company's operations or Company representatives by foreign
governments,  including  changes  in interpretation  of employment  status  of the sales  force  by government  authorities,  exposure  to tax responsibilities
imposed  on  the  sales  force  and  their  potential  impact  on  the  sales  force's  value  chain  and  resulting  disruption  to  the  business  and  actions  taken  by
governments to set or restrict the freedom of the Company to set its own prices or its suggested retail prices for product sales by its sales force to end
consumers and actions taken by governments to restrict the ability to convert local currency to other currencies in order to satisfy obligations outside
the country generally, and in particular in Argentina and Egypt;

the  effect  of  competitive  forces  in  the  markets  in  which  the  Company  operates,  particularly  related  to  sales  of  beauty,  personal  care  and  nutritional
products, where there are a greater number of competitors;

the impact of counterfeit and knocked-off products and programs in the markets in which the Company operates and the effect this can have on the
confidence of, and competition for, the Company's sales force members;

the impact of changes, changes in interpretation of or challenges to positions taken by the Company with respect to U.S. federal, state and foreign tax or
other laws, including with respect to the Tax Act in the United States and non-income taxes issues in Brazil, India, Indonesia and Mexico;

other  risks  discussed  in  Part  I,  Item  1A,  Risk  Factors,  of  this  Report,  as  well  as  the  Company's  Consolidated  Financial  Statements,  Notes  to
Consolidated Financial Statements, other financial information appearing elsewhere in this Report and the Company's other filings with the SEC.

Other than updating for changes in foreign currency exchange rates through its monthly website updates, the Company does not intend to update forward-

looking information, except through its quarterly earnings releases.

Investors should also be aware that while the Company does, from time to time, communicate with securities analysts, it is against the Company's policy to
disclose  to  them  any  material  non-public  information  or  other  confidential  commercial  information.  Accordingly,  it  should  not  be  assumed  that  the  Company
agrees with any statement or report issued by any analyst irrespective of the content of the confirming financial forecasts or projections issued by others.

39

Table of Contents

Item 8.

Financial Statements and Supplementary Data.

Tupperware Brands Corporation

Consolidated Statements of Income

(In millions, except per share amounts)
Net sales

Cost of products sold

Gross margin

Delivery, sales and administrative expense

Re-engineering and impairment charges

Impairment of goodwill and intangible assets

Gain on disposal of assets

Operating income

Interest income

Interest expense

Other (income) expense

Income before income taxes

Provision for income taxes

Net income (loss)

Basic earnings (loss) per common share

Diluted earnings (loss) per common share

December 28, 
2019

Year Ended

December 29, 
2018

December 30, 
2017

$

1,797.9   $

2,069.7   $

610.8  

1,187.1  

999.4  

34.7  

40.0  

12.9  

125.9  

2.2  

41.5  

(16.8)  

103.4  

91.0  

692.2  

1,377.5  

1,060.5  

15.9  

—  

18.7  

319.8  

2.8  

46.5  

(0.1)  

276.2  

120.3  

$

$

$

12.4   $

0.26   $

0.25   $

155.9   $

3.12   $

3.11   $

2,255.8

744.3

1,511.5

1,159.2

66.0

62.9

9.1

232.5

2.9

46.1

4.2

185.1

450.5

(265.4)

(5.22)

(5.22)

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these financial statements.

40

 
 
 
Table of Contents

Tupperware Brands Corporation

Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Income

(In millions)
Net income (loss)

Other comprehensive (loss) income:

Foreign currency translation adjustments

Deferred (loss) gain on cash flow hedges, net of tax benefit of $0.4, $0.1, and $0.8,

respectively

Pension and other post-retirement (costs) benefit, net of tax benefit (provision) of $3.4, ($0.5),

and ($1.2), respectively

Other comprehensive (loss) income

Total comprehensive (loss) income

December 28, 
2019

Year Ended

December 29, 
2018

December 30, 
2017

$

12.4

  $

155.9

  $

(265.4)

(17.3)

(2.9)

(11.0)

(31.2)

$

(18.8)

  $

(53.0)

0.1

4.4

(48.5)

107.4

  $

42.4

(3.3)

3.0

42.1

(223.3)

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these financial statements.

41

 
 
 
 
   
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Table of Contents

Tupperware Brands Corporation

Consolidated Balance Sheets

(In millions, except share amounts)
ASSETS

Cash and cash equivalents

Accounts receivable, less allowances of $63.6 and $45.3, respectively

Inventories

Non-trade amounts receivable, net

Prepaid expenses and other current assets

Total current assets

Deferred income tax benefits, net

Property, plant and equipment, net

Operating lease assets

Long-term receivables, less allowances of $13.9 and $16.0, respectively

Trademarks and tradenames, net

Goodwill

Other assets, net

Total assets

LIABILITIES AND SHAREHOLDERS' EQUITY

Accounts payable

Short-term borrowings and current portion of long-term debt and finance lease obligations

Accrued liabilities

Total current liabilities

Long-term debt and finance lease obligations

Operating lease liabilities

Other liabilities

Shareholders' deficit:

Preferred stock, $0.01 par value, 200,000,000 shares authorized; none issued

Common stock, $0.01 par value, 600,000,000 shares authorized; 63,607,090 shares issued

Paid-in capital

Retained earnings

Treasury stock, 14,678,742 and 14,940,286 shares, respectively, at cost

Accumulated other comprehensive loss

Total shareholders' deficit

Total liabilities and shareholders' deficit

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these financial statements.

42

December 28, 
2019

December 29, 
2018

$

123.2   $

110.7  

245.2  

39.1  

20.3  

538.5  

186.1  

267.5  

84.1  

15.0  

24.6  

59.5  

87.1  

149.0

144.7

257.7

49.9

19.3

620.6

217.0

276.0

—

18.7

52.9

76.1

47.5

1,262.4   $

1,308.8

$

$

125.4   $

273.2  

290.3  

688.9  

602.2  

56.0  

192.3  

—  

0.6  

215.0  

1,067.3  

(921.6)  

(638.3)  

(277.0)  

129.2

285.5

344.4

759.1

603.4

—

181.5

—

0.6

219.3

1,086.8

(939.8)

(602.1)

(235.2)

1,308.8

$

1,262.4   $

 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
Table of Contents

(In millions, except per share amounts)
December 31, 2016

Net loss

Other comprehensive income

Cash dividends declared ($2.72 per share)

Stock and options issued for incentive plans

December 30, 2017

Net income

Cumulative effect of change in accounting principle

Other comprehensive loss

Cash dividends declared ($2.72 per share)

Repurchase of common stock

Stock and options issued for incentive plans

December 29, 2018

Net income

Cumulative effect of change in accounting principle

Other comprehensive loss

Cash dividends declared ($0.81 per share)

Stock and options issued for incentive plans

Tupperware Brands Corporation

Consolidated Statements of Shareholders' Equity

Common Stock

Treasury Stock

Shares  

Dollars

  Shares   Dollars

Paid-In
Capital

Retained
Earnings

Accumulated
Other
Comprehensive
(Loss) Income

Total
Shareholders'
Equity

63.6   $

0.6  

13.0   $ (880.2)   $ 208.6   $ 1,455.3   $

(571.5)

  $

(265.4)    

(140.2)    

42.1  

(0.4)  

28.7  

9.2  

(6.6)    

63.6   $

0.6  

12.6   $ (851.5)   $ 217.8   $ 1,043.1   $

(529.4)

  $

155.9    

24.2  

(136.1)    

(24.2)

(48.5)

2.6  

(100.2)    

(0.2)  

11.9  

1.5  

(0.3)    

63.6   $

0.6  

15.0   $ (939.8)   $ 219.3   $ 1,086.8   $

(602.1)

  $

12.4    

12.1  

(39.4)    

(4.6)    

(5.0)

(31.2)

(0.3)  

18.2  

(4.3)  

212.8

(265.4)

42.1

(140.2)

31.3

(119.4)

155.9

—

(48.5)

(136.1)

(100.2)

13.1

(235.2)

12.4

7.1

(31.2)

(39.4)

9.3

December 28, 2019

63.6   $

0.6  

14.7   $ (921.6)   $ 215.0   $ 1,067.3   $

(638.3)

  $

(277.0)

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these financial statements.

43

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
   
   
   
 
 
 
   
   
   
   
   
 
 
   
   
   
   
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
   
   
   
   
 
 
 
   
   
   
   
 
 
 
   
   
   
   
   
 
 
 
   
   
   
   
 
 
 
   
 
   
   
 
 
   
 
 
 
   
   
   
   
 
 
 
   
   
   
   
 
 
 
   
   
   
   
   
 
 
 
   
   
   
   
 
 
 
   
 
 
Table of Contents

(In millions)
Operating Activities:

Net income (loss)

Tupperware Brands Corporation

Consolidated Statements of Cash Flow

December 28, 
2019

Year Ended

December 29, 
2018

December 30, 
2017

$

12.4

  $

155.9

  $

(265.4)

Adjustments to reconcile net income (loss) to net cash provided by operating activities:

Depreciation and amortization

Equity compensation

Unrealized foreign exchange loss

Amortization of deferred debt costs

Net gains on disposal of assets, including insurance proceeds

Provision for bad debts

Write-down of inventories

Non-cash impact of re-engineering and impairment costs

Net change in deferred income taxes

Changes in assets and liabilities:

Accounts and notes receivable

Inventories

Non-trade amounts receivable

Prepaid expenses

Other assets

Accounts payable and accrued liabilities

Income taxes payable

Other liabilities

Net cash impact from hedging activity

Other

Net cash provided by operating activities

Investing Activities:

Capital expenditures

Proceeds from disposal of property, plant and equipment

Net cash used in investing activities

Financing Activities:

Dividend payments to shareholders

Proceeds from exercise of stock options

Repurchase of common stock

Repayment of long-term debt and finance lease obligations

Net change in short-term debt

Debt issuance costs

Net cash used in financing activities

Effect of exchange rate changes on cash, cash equivalents and restricted cash

Net change in cash, cash equivalents and restricted cash

Cash, cash equivalents and restricted cash at beginning of year

Cash, cash equivalents and restricted cash at end of period

55.2

10.4

(0.5)

0.7

(13.4)

28.6

12.4

40.0

19.1

9.3

(1.6)

(3.4)

(0.5)

(7.6)

(28.6)

(34.8)

(8.2)

(2.3)

0.2

87.4

(61.0)

34.0

(27.0)

(74.3)

—  

(0.9)

(1.6)

(6.2)

(2.3)

(85.3)

(0.9)

(25.8)

151.9

58.2

14.5

(0.6)

0.6

(18.8)

20.4

7.5

1.3

59.8

(33.8)

(25.8)

1.0

1.1

1.1

(43.8)

(69.1)

(0.4)

2.9

—  

132.0

(75.4)

40.7

(34.7)

(137.8)

0.3

(101.7)

(1.9)

162.1

—  

(79.0)

(13.6)

4.7

147.2

$

126.1

  $

151.9

  $

60.5

22.6

(0.2)

0.6

(8.7)

16.8

8.3

69.1

307.7

(33.7)

(18.8)

(0.8)

2.5

(4.7)

44.1

14.3

3.1

0.1

—

217.4

(72.3)

14.7

(57.6)

(139.5)

11.8

(2.5)

(2.0)

15.6

—

(116.6)

8.0

51.2

96.0

147.2

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these financial statements.

44

 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Table of Contents

Note 1:

Summary of Significant Accounting Policies

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements

Principles of Consolidation. The consolidated financial statements include the accounts of Tupperware Brands Corporation and its subsidiaries, collectively
“Tupperware” or the “Company”, with all intercompany transactions and balances having been eliminated. The Company’s fiscal year ends on the last Saturday of
December and included 52 weeks during 2019, 2018 and 2017.

Use of Estimates. The preparation of financial statements in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America requires
management to make estimates and assumptions. These estimates and assumptions affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities and disclosure of contingent
liabilities at the date of the financial statements, as well as the reported amounts of revenues and expenses during the reporting period. Actual results could differ
materially from these estimates.

Cash  and  Cash  Equivalents. The  Company  considers  all  highly  liquid  investments  with  a  maturity  of  three  months  or  less  when  purchased  to  be  cash
equivalents.  As  of  December  28,  2019 and  December  29,  2018, $8.2 million and  $7.8 million,  respectively,  of  the  cash  and  cash  equivalents  included  on  the
Consolidated Balance Sheets were held in the form of time deposits, certificates of deposit or similar instruments.

Allowance  for Doubtful  Accounts.  The  Company  maintains  current  receivable  amounts  with  most  of  its  independent  distributors  and  sales  force  in  certain
markets. It also maintains long-term receivable amounts with certain of these customers. The Company regularly monitors and assesses its risk of not collecting
amounts owed by customers.  This evaluation  is based upon an analysis of amounts current  and past due, along with relevant  history and facts particular  to the
customer. It is also based upon estimates of distributor business prospects, particularly related to the evaluation of the recoverability of long-term amounts due.
This  evaluation  is  performed  by  business  unit  and  account  by  account,  based  upon  historical  experience,  market  penetration  levels  and  similar  factors.  It  also
considers collateral of the customer that could be recovered to satisfy debts. The Company records its allowance for doubtful accounts based on the results of this
analysis. The analysis requires the Company to make significant estimates and as such, changes in facts and circumstances could result in material changes in the
allowance for doubtful accounts. The Company considers as past due any receivable balance not collected within its contractual terms.

Inventories. Inventories are valued at the lower of cost or net realizable value on a first-in, first-out basis. Inventory cost includes cost of raw material, labor
and overhead. The Company writes down its inventory for obsolescence or unmarketability in an amount equal to the difference between the cost of the inventory
and estimated market value based upon expected future demand and pricing. The demand and pricing is estimated based upon the historical success of product
lines  as  well  as  the  projected  success  of  promotional  programs,  new  product  introductions  and  the  availability  of  new  markets  or  distribution  channels.  The
Company  prepares  projections  of  demand  and  pricing  on  an  item  by  item  basis  for  all  of  its  products.  If  inventory  on  hand  exceeds  projected  demand  or  the
expected  market  value  is  less  than  the  carrying  value,  the  excess  is  written  down  to  its  net  realizable  value.  If  actual  demand  or  the  estimate  of  market  value
decreases, additional write-downs would be required.

Internal Use Software Development Costs. The Company capitalizes internal use software development costs as they are incurred and amortizes such costs
over  their  estimated  useful  lives  of  three  to  five  years,  beginning  when  the  software  is  placed  in  service.  Net  unamortized  costs  of  such  amounts  included  in
property,  plant  and  equipment  were  $59.9 million and  $39.4 million at  December 28, 2019 and  December 29, 2018,  respectively.  Amortization  cost  related  to
internal use software development costs totaled $6.1 million, $5.8 million and $5.4 million in 2019, 2018 and 2017, respectively.

45

Table of Contents

Property, Plant and Equipment. Property, plant and equipment is initially stated at cost. Depreciation is recorded on a straight-line basis over the following

estimated useful lives of the assets:

Building and improvements

Molds

Production equipment

Distribution equipment

Computer/telecom equipment

Capitalized software

Years
10 - 40

4 - 10

10

5 - 10

3 - 5

3 - 5

Depreciation  expense  was  $41.0 million, $44.8 million and  $45.6 million in  2019, 2018 and  2017,  respectively.  The  Company  considers  the  need  for  an
impairment  review  when  events  occur  that  indicate  that  the  book  value  of  a  long-lived  asset  may  exceed  its  recoverable  value.  Upon  the  sale  or  retirement  of
property, plant and equipment, a gain or loss, if any, is recognized equal to the difference between sales price and net book value. Expenditures for maintenance
and repairs are charged to cost of products sold or delivery, sales and administrative (DS&A) expense, depending on the asset to which the expenditure relates.

Leases:  On  December  30,  2018,  the  Company  adopted  new  guidance  on  lease  accounting  using  the  modified  retrospective  method,  which  required  a
cumulative-effect adjustment to the opening balance of retained earnings of $7.1 million, net of taxes. Prior periods have not been restated. The standard did not
materially impact consolidated net income or liquidity, and did not have an impact on debt-covenant compliance under the Company's debt agreements. The new
guidance  was applied  to all  operating  and  capital  leases  at the  date  of  initial  application.  Leases  historically  referred  to  as  capital  leases  are  now referred  to  as
finance leases under the new guidance.

The  Company  elected  the  package  of  practical  expedients  permitted  under  the  transition  guidance,  and  as  a  basis  for  its  lease  policies,  which  allowed  the
Company to carryforward its historical assessments of: (1) whether contracts are or contain leases, (2) lease classification and (3) initial direct costs. The Company
also elected to not separate lease and non-lease components for all classes of underlying assets in which it is the lessee, and made an accounting policy election to
not account for leases with an initial term of 12 months or less on the balance sheet. In addition, the Company did not elect the hindsight practical expedient to
determine the reasonably certain lease term for existing leases. The Company recognizes payments on these leases on a straight-line basis over the lease term.

Adoption of the new standard resulted in the recording of additional net lease assets and lease liabilities of $84.1 million and $85.2 million, respectively, as of
December 28, 2019 related  to  the  Company's  operating  leases.  The  standard  did  not  materially  impact  the  Company's  consolidated  net  earnings  or  cash  flows.
Refer to Note 5 to the Consolidated Financial Statements for further information.

Goodwill. The Company's recorded goodwill relates primarily to the December 2005 acquisition of the direct selling businesses of Sara Lee Corporation. The
Company does not amortize its goodwill. Instead, the Company performs an annual assessment during the third quarter of each year to evaluate the assets in each
of its reporting units for impairment, or more frequently if events or changes in circumstances indicate that a triggering event for an impairment evaluation has
occurred. During 2017, the Company early adopted the Financial Accounting Standards Board's ("FASB") Accounting Standards Update 2017-04: Simplifying the
Test for Goodwill Impairment.

The annual process for evaluating goodwill begins with an assessment for each entity of qualitative factors to determine whether a quantitative evaluation of
the  unit's  fair  value  compared  with  its  carrying  value  is  appropriate  for  determining  potential  goodwill  impairment.  The  qualitative  factors  evaluated  by  the
Company  include:  macro-economic  conditions  of  the  local  business  environment,  overall  financial  performance,  sensitivity  analysis  from  the  most  recent
quantitative fair value evaluation ("fair value test"), as prescribed under Accounting Standards Codification ("ASC") 350, Intangibles - Goodwill and Other, and
other entity specific factors as deemed appropriate. When the Company determines a fair value test is appropriate, it estimates the fair value of the reporting unit
and compares the result with its carrying amount, including goodwill, after any long-lived asset impairment charges. If the carrying amount of the reporting unit
exceeds its fair value, an impairment  charge is recorded equal to the amount by which the carrying value exceeds the fair value, up to the amount of goodwill
associated with the reporting unit.

46

 
Table of Contents

Any fair value test necessary is done by using either the income approach or a combination of the income and market approaches, with generally a greater
weighting  on  the  income  approach  (75 percent).  The  income  approach,  or  discounted  cash  flow  approach,  requires  significant  assumptions  to  estimate  the  fair
value of each reporting unit. These include assumptions regarding future operations and the ability to generate cash flows, including projections of revenue, costs,
utilization of assets and capital requirements, along with an appropriate discount rate to be used. The most sensitive estimate in the fair value test is the projection
of operating cash flows, as these provide the basis for the estimate of fair market value. The Company’s cash flow model uses a forecast period of 10 years and a
terminal value. The growth rates are determined by reviewing historical results of the operating unit and the historical results of the Company’s similar business
units, along with the expected contribution from growth strategies being implemented. The market approach relies on an analysis of publicly-traded companies
similar to Tupperware and deriving a range of revenue and profit multiples. The publicly-traded companies used in the market approach are selected based on their
having  similar  product  lines  of  consumer  goods,  beauty  products  and/or  companies  using  a  direct  selling  distribution  method.  The  resulting  multiples  are  then
applied to the reporting unit to determine fair value. Goodwill is further discussed in Note 7 to the Consolidated Financial Statements.

Intangible Assets. Intangible assets are recorded at their fair market values at the date of acquisition and definite-lived  intangibles are amortized over their
estimated useful lives. The intangible assets included in the Company's Consolidated Financial Statements at  December 28, 2019 and  December 29, 2018 were
related to the acquisition of the Sara Lee direct selling businesses in December 2005. The weighted average estimated useful lives of the Company's intangible
assets were as follows:

Indefinite-lived tradenames

Definite-lived tradename

Weighted Average Estimated
Useful Life

Indefinite

10 years

The Company's indefinite-lived tradename intangible assets are evaluated for impairment annually during the third quarter of each year similarly to goodwill
beginning  with  a  qualitative  assessment.  The  annual  process  for  assessing  the  carrying  value  of  indefinite-lived  tradename  intangible  assets  begins  with  a
qualitative  assessment  that  is  similar  to  the  assessment  performed  for  goodwill.  When  the  Company  determines  it  is  appropriate,  the  quantitative  impairment
evaluation for the Company's indefinite-lived tradenames involves comparing the estimated fair value of the assets to the carrying amounts, to determine if fair
value is lower and a write-down required. If the carrying amount of a tradename exceeds its estimated fair value, an impairment charge is recognized in an amount
equal to the excess. The fair value of these assets is estimated using the relief from royalty method, which is a form of the income approach. Under this method, the
value of the asset is calculated by selecting a royalty rate, which estimates the amount a company would be willing to pay for the use of the asset. This rate is
applied to the reporting unit's projected revenue, tax affected and discounted to present value.

The Company's definite-lived intangible asset relates to the Fuller tradename and is being amortized since August 2013 based on its estimated useful life of 10
years. The Fuller tradename's useful life was estimated, at that time, based on the period that the tradename was expected to contribute directly to the Company's
revenue.  Definite-lived  intangible  assets  are  reviewed  for  impairment  in  a  similar  manner  as  property,  plant  and  equipment  as  discussed  above.  Amortization
related to definite-lived intangible assets is included in DS&A on the Consolidated Statements of Income. Intangible assets are further discussed in Note 7 to the
Consolidated Financial Statements.

Promotional and Other Accruals. The Company frequently makes promotional offers to members of its independent sales force to encourage them to fulfill
specific goals or targets for other activities, ancillary to the Company's sales, which are measured by defined group/team sales levels, party attendance, addition of
new sales force members or other business-critical functions. The awards offered are in the form of product awards, special prizes or trips.

47

 
Table of Contents

Programs  are  generally  designed  to  recognize  sales  force  members  for  achieving  a  primary  objective.  An  example  is  holding  a  certain  number  of  product
demonstrations. In this situation, the Company offers a prize to sales force members that achieve the targeted number of product demonstrations over a specified
period. The period runs from a couple of weeks to several months. The prizes are generally graded, in that meeting one level may result in receiving a piece of
jewelry,  with  higher  achievement  resulting  in  more  valuable  prizes  such  as  a  television  or  a  trip.  Similar  programs  are  designed  to  reward  current  sales  force
members who reach certain goals by promoting them to a higher level in the organization where their earning opportunity would be expanded, and they would take
on additional responsibilities for adding new sales force members and providing training and motivation to new and existing sales force members. Other business
drivers, such as scheduling product demonstrations, increasing the number of sales force members, holding product demonstrations or increasing end consumer
attendance at product demonstrations, may also be the focus of a program.

The Company also offers commissions for achieving targeted sales levels. These types of awards are generally based upon the sales achievement of at least a
mid-level member of the sales force, and her or his down-line members. The down-line consists of those sales force members that have been directly added to the
sales force by a given sales force member, as well as those added by her or his down-line member. In this manner, sales force members can build an extensive
organization  over  time  if  they  are  committed  to  adding  and  developing  their  units.  In  addition  to  the  commission,  the  positive  performance  of  a  unit  may  also
entitle its leader to the use of a company-provided vehicle and in some cases, the permanent awarding of a vehicle. Similar to the prize programs noted earlier,
these programs generally offer varying levels of vehicles that are dependent upon performance.

The Company accrues for the costs of these awards during the period over which the sales force qualifies for the award and reports these costs primarily as a
component of DS&A expense. These accruals require estimates as to the cost of the awards, based upon estimates of achievement and actual cost to be incurred.
During  the  qualification  period,  actual  results  are  monitored  and  changes  to  the  original  estimates  are  made  when  known.  Promotional  and  other  sales  force
compensation expenses included in DS&A expense totaled $275.1 million, $313.3 million and $356.2 million in 2019, 2018 and 2017, respectively.

Like  promotional  accruals,  other  accruals  are  recorded  over  the  time  period  that  a  liability  is  incurred  and  is  both  probable  and  reasonably  estimable.

Adjustments to amounts previously accrued are made when changes occur in the facts and circumstances that generated the accrual.

Revenue Recognition. On December 31, 2017, the Company adopted new guidance on revenue from contracts with customers using the modified retrospective
method. The new guidance was applied to all contracts at the date of initial application. There was no impact on beginning retained earnings from the adoption as
of December 31, 2017. Results for reporting periods beginning December 31, 2017 are presented under the new guidance, while prior period amounts continue to
be reported in accordance with previous guidance without revision.

Under the new guidance, the contract is defined as the order received from the Company's customer who, in most cases, is one of the Company's independent
distributors or a member of its independent sales force. Revenue is recognized when control of the product passes to the customer, which is upon shipment, and is
recognized  at  the  amount  that  reflects  the  consideration  the  Company  expects  to  receive  for  the  products  sold,  including  various  forms  of  discounts  and  net  of
expected returns which is estimated using historical return patterns and current expectation of future returns. The Company elected to account for shipping and
handling activities that occur after the customer has obtained control of the product as an activity to fulfill the promise to transfer the product rather than as an
additional promised service. Generally, payment is either received in advance or in a relatively short period of time following shipment. When revenue is recorded,
estimates  of  returns  are  made  and  recorded  as  a  reduction  of  revenue.  Contracts  with  customers  are  evaluated  to  determine  if  there  are  separate  performance
obligations that are not yet met. These obligations generally relate to product awards to be subsequently fulfilled. When that is the case, revenue is deferred until
each performance obligation is met. The impact as of the end of 2018 from deferred revenue was not material.

The Company's financial position and results of operations as of December 28, 2019 and December 29, 2018, and for the years then ended, were not materially

impacted by the adoption of the new guidance.

48

Table of Contents

Shipping  and  Handling  Costs.  The  cost  of  products  sold  line  item  includes  costs  related  to  the  purchase  and  manufacture  of  goods  sold  by  the  Company.
Among  these  costs  are  inbound  freight  charges,  duties,  purchasing  and  receiving  costs,  inspection  costs,  depreciation  expense,  internal  transfer  costs  and
warehousing  costs  of  raw  material,  work  in  process  and  packing  materials.  The  warehousing  and  distribution  costs  of  finished  goods  are  included  in  DS&A
expense. Distribution costs are comprised of outbound freight and associated labor costs. Fees billed to customers associated with the distribution of products are
classified  as  revenue.  The  distribution  costs  included  in  DS&A  expense  in  2019,  2018 and  2017 were  $127.8  million,  $138.4  million and  $142.2  million,
respectively.

Advertising and Research and Development Costs. Advertising and research and development costs are charged to expense as incurred. Advertising expense
totaled $4.7 million, $6.7 million and $9.3 million in 2019, 2018 and 2017, respectively. Research and development costs totaled $15.1 million, $15.0 million and
$16.7 million,  in  2019, 2018 and  2017,  respectively.  Research  and  development  expenses  primarily  include  salaries,  contractor  costs  and  facility  costs.  Both
advertising and research and development costs are included in DS&A expense.

Accounting for Stock-Based Compensation. The Company has several stock-based employee and director compensation plans, which are described more fully
in Note 15 to  the  Consolidated  Financial  Statements.  Compensation  cost  for  share-based  awards  is  recorded  on  a  straight-line  basis  over  the  required  service
period, based on the fair value of the award. The fair value of the stock option grants is estimated using the Black-Scholes option-pricing model, which requires
assumptions,  including  dividend  yield,  risk-free  interest  rate,  the  estimated  length  of  time  employees  will  retain  their  stock  options  before  exercising  them
(expected term) and the estimated volatility of the Company's common stock price over the expected term. These assumptions are generally based on historical
averages of the Company.

Compensation  expense  associated  with  restricted  stock,  restricted  stock  units  and  performance-vested  share  awards  is  equal  to  the  market  value  of  the
Company's common  stock  on the  date  of grant  and is  recorded  pro  rata  over  the required  service  period.  The fair  value  of  market-vested  awards  is based  on a
Monte-Carlo simulation that estimates the fair value based on the Company's share price activity between the beginning of the year and the grant date relative to a
defined comparative  group of companies, expected term of the award, risk-free interest rate, expected dividends, and the expected volatility of the stock of the
Company and those in the comparative group. The grant date fair value per share of market-vested awards already reflects the probability of achieving the market
condition, and is therefore used to record expense straight-line over the performance period regardless of actual achievement. For those awards with performance
vesting criteria, the expense is recorded straight-line over the required service period based on an assessment of achieving the criteria.

Income Taxes. Deferred tax assets and liabilities are recognized for the future tax consequences attributable to temporary differences between the financial
statement carrying amounts of assets and liabilities and their respective tax bases. Deferred tax assets also are recognized for credit carryforwards. Deferred tax
assets and liabilities are measured using the enacted rates applicable to taxable income in the years in which the temporary differences are expected to reverse and
the credits are expected to be used. The effect on deferred tax assets and liabilities of a change in tax rates is recognized in income in the period that includes the
enactment date. An assessment is made as to whether or not a valuation allowance is required to offset deferred tax assets. This assessment requires estimates as to
future operating results, as well as an evaluation of the effectiveness of the Company's tax planning strategies. These estimates are made on an ongoing basis based
upon the Company's business plans and growth strategies in each market and consequently, future material changes in the valuation allowance are possible.

The Company accounts for uncertain tax positions in accordance with ASC 740, Income Taxes. This guidance prescribes a minimum probability threshold that
a tax position must meet before a financial statement benefit is recognized. The minimum threshold is defined as a tax position that is more likely than not to be
sustained upon examination by the applicable taxing authority, including resolution of any related appeals or litigation processes, based on the technical merits of
the position. The tax benefit to be recognized is measured as the largest amount of benefit that is greater than 50 percent likely of being realized upon ultimate
settlement.

Interest  and  penalties  related  to  tax  contingency  or  settlement  items  are  recorded  as  a  component  of  the  provision  for  income  taxes  in  the  Company's
Consolidated Statements of Income. The Company records accruals for tax contingencies as a component of accrued liabilities or other long-term liabilities on its
balance sheet.

49

Table of Contents

Net Income  Per Common Share.  Basic  per  share  information  is  calculated  by  dividing  net  income  by  the  weighted  average  number  of  shares  outstanding.
Diluted per share information  is calculated  by also considering the impact of potential common stock on both net income and the weighted average number of
shares  outstanding.  The  Company's  potential  common  stock  consists  of  employee  and  director  stock  options,  restricted  stock,  restricted  stock  units  and
performance share units. Performance share awards are included in the diluted per share calculation when the performance criteria are achieved. The Company's
potential common stock is excluded from the basic per share calculation, or when the Company has a net loss for the period, and is included in the diluted per share
calculation when doing so would not be anti-dilutive.

The elements of the earnings per share computations were as follows:

(In millions, except per share amounts)

Net income (loss)

Weighted average shares of common stock outstanding

Common equivalent shares:

Assumed exercise of dilutive options, restricted shares, restricted stock units and performance

share units

Weighted average common and common equivalent shares outstanding

Basic earnings (loss) per share

Diluted earnings (loss) per share

Shares excluded from the determination of potential common stock because inclusion would have

been anti-dilutive

$

$

$

2019

2018

2017

12.4   $

48.8  

155.9   $

49.9  

(265.4)

50.8

0.2  

49.0  

0.26   $

0.25   $

0.3  

50.2  

3.12   $

3.11   $

3.9  

3.0  

—

50.8

(5.22)

(5.22)

3.1

Derivative Financial Instruments. The Company recognizes in its Consolidated Balance Sheets the asset or liability associated with all derivative instruments
and measures those assets and liabilities  at fair value. If certain conditions are met, a derivative  may be specifically  designated  as a hedge. The accounting  for
changes in the value of a derivative accounted for as a hedge depends on the intended use of the derivative and the resulting designation of the hedge exposure.
Depending on how the hedge is used and the designation, the gain or loss due to changes in value is reported either in earnings, or initially in other comprehensive
income. Gains or losses that are reported in other comprehensive income are eventually recognized in earnings, with the timing of this recognition governed by
ASC 815, Derivatives and Hedging.

The Company uses derivative financial instruments, principally over-the-counter forward exchange contracts with major international financial institutions, to
offset the effects of exchange rate changes on net investments in certain foreign subsidiaries, certain forecasted purchases, certain intercompany transactions, and
certain accounts payable and accounts receivable. The Company also uses euro denominated borrowings under its Credit Agreement to hedge a portion of its net
investment in foreign subsidiaries. Gains and losses on instruments designated as net equity hedges of net investments in a foreign subsidiary or on intercompany
transactions  that  are  permanent  in  nature  are  accrued  as  exchange  rates  change,  and  are  recognized  in  shareholders'  equity  as  a  component  of  foreign  currency
translation  adjustments  within  accumulated  other  comprehensive  loss.  Gains  and  losses  on  contracts  designated  as  fair  value  hedges  of  accounts  receivable,
accounts payable and non-permanent intercompany transactions are accrued as exchange rates change and are recognized in income. Gains and losses on contracts
designated  as  cash  flow  hedges  of  identifiable  foreign  currency  forecasted  purchases  are  deferred  and  initially  included  in  other  comprehensive  income.  In
assessing hedge effectiveness through 2018, the Company excluded forward points, which were included as a component of interest expense.

On December 30, 2018, the Company adopted new guidance on hedge accounting, which required a cumulative-effect adjustment to the opening balance of
retained  earnings and accumulated  other comprehensive  income  of $5.0 million, net of taxes. As part of the adoption, the Company elected to include forward
points in the assessment of hedge effectiveness for net equity and cash flow hedges and exclude forward points in the assessment for fair value hedges. In addition,
the Company now records the entire change in fair value of hedging instruments in the same income statement line item as the earnings effect of the hedged item.
Prior to adoption, the impact from forward points was recorded as interest expense. Refer to Note 9 to the Consolidated Financial Statements for further discussion
on impact from new hedge accounting guidance.

50

 
 
 
   
   
Table of Contents

Fair Value Measurements. The Company applies the applicable accounting guidance for fair value measurements. This guidance provides the definition of fair
value, describes the method used to appropriately measure fair value in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles and outlines fair value disclosure
requirements.

The fair value hierarchy established under this guidance prioritizes the inputs used to measure fair value. The hierarchy gives the highest priority to unadjusted
quoted prices in active markets for identical assets or liabilities (Level 1 measurement) and the lowest priority to unobservable inputs (Level 3 measurement). The
three levels of the fair value hierarchy are as follows:

Level  1  -  Quoted  prices  are  available  in  active  markets  for  identical  assets  or  liabilities  as  of  the  reporting  date.  Active  markets  are  those  in  which
transactions for the asset or liability occur in sufficient frequency and volume to provide pricing information on an ongoing basis.

Level  2  -  Pricing  inputs  are  other  than  quoted  prices  in  active  markets  included  in  Level  1,  which  are  either  directly  or  indirectly  observable  as  of  the
reporting  date.  Level  2  includes  those  financial  instruments  that  are  valued  using  models  or  other  valuation  methodologies.  These  models  are  primarily
industry-standard models that consider various assumptions, including quoted prices, time value, volatility factors, and current market and contractual prices
for  the  underlying  instruments,  as  well  as  other  relevant  economic  measures.  Substantially  all  of  these  assumptions  are  observable  in  the  marketplace
throughout the full term of the instrument, can be derived from observable data or are supported by observable levels at which transactions are executed in
the marketplace.

Level  3  -  Pricing  inputs  include  significant  inputs  that  are  generally  less  observable  from  objective  sources.  These  inputs  may  be  used  with  internally
developed methodologies that result in management's best estimate of fair value from the perspective of a market participant. The Company does not have
any recurring Level 3 fair value measurements.

Foreign Currency Translation. Results of operations of foreign subsidiaries are translated into U.S. dollars using average exchange rates during the year. The
assets and liabilities of those subsidiaries, other than those of operations in highly inflationary countries, are translated into U.S. dollars using exchange rates at the
balance sheet date. The related translation adjustments are included in accumulated other comprehensive loss. Foreign currency transaction gains and losses, as
well as re-measurement of financial statements of subsidiaries in highly inflationary countries, are included in income.

Inflation in Argentina and Venezuela has been at a high level the past several years. The Company uses a blended index of the Consumer Price Index and
National Consumer Price Index for determining highly inflationary status in Argentina and Venezuela. For Argentina, this blended index reached cumulative three-
year inflation in excess of 100 percent in 2018 and as such, the Company transitioned to highly inflationary status as of July 1, 2018. For Venezuela, this blended
index reached cumulative three-year inflation in excess of 100 percent at November 30, 2009 and as such, the Company transitioned to highly inflationary status at
the  beginning  of  its  2010  fiscal  year.  Gains  and  losses  resulting  from  the  translation  of  the  financial  statements  of  subsidiaries  operating  in  highly  inflationary
economies are recorded in earnings.

For Venezuela, through fiscal 2017, the bolivar to U.S. dollar exchange rates used in translating the Company’s operating activity was based on an official rate
recognized by the Venezuelan government. As of the end of December 2017, the Company evaluated the significant inflationary environment in Venezuela, as
well as the actual exchange rates used to conduct business, particularly related to the procurement of resins to manufacture product. The Company concluded it
would use the parallel exchange rate in use in the country to value sales and profit beginning in 2018. As a result, as of the end of 2017, the Company remeasured
its balance sheet at the parallel rate available at that time, and evaluated the Venezuelan fixed assets for impairment.

In 2019, 2018 and  2017, the net expense in connection with re-measuring net monetary assets and recording in cost of sales inventory at the exchange rate
when it was purchased or manufactured compared with when it was sold, and in 2017 the write-down of inventory in Venezuela, was $1.6 million, $2.1 million
and $7.4 million, respectively. The amounts related to remeasurement are included in other expense. In 2017, there was also a fixed asset impairment charge for
Venezuela of $2.3 million, recorded in re-engineering and impairments caption.

51

Table of Contents

As of the end of 2019, the net monetary assets, which were of a nature that will generate income or expense for the change in value associated with exchange
rate fluctuations versus the U.S. dollar were immaterial. In addition, there was $25.5 million in cumulative foreign currency translation losses related to Venezuela
included in equity within the Consolidated Balance Sheets.

Product Warranty. Tupperware®  brand  products  are  guaranteed  against  chipping,  cracking,  breaking  or  peeling  under  normal  non-commercial  use  of  the

product with certain limitations. The cost of replacing defective products is not material.

New Accounting Pronouncements. In December 2019, the FASB issued a new standard to simplify the accounting for income taxes. The guidance eliminates
certain exceptions related to the approach for intraperiod tax allocation, the methodology for calculating income taxes in an interim period, and the recognition of
deferred  tax  liabilities  for  outside  basis  differences  related  to  changes  in  ownership  of  equity  method  investments  and  foreign  subsidiaries.  The  guidance  also
simplifies aspects of accounting for franchise taxes and enacted changes in tax laws or rates, and clarifies the accounting for transactions that result in a step-up in
the tax basis of goodwill. This guidance is effective for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2020. Early adoption is permitted. The Company is currently
evaluating the impact of the adoption of this amendment on its Consolidated Financial Statements, including accounting policies and processes.

In August 2018, the FASB issued an amendment to existing guidance on the accounting for implementation, setup, and other upfront costs incurred in a cloud
computing  arrangement  that  is  hosted  by  the  vendor  that  is  a  service  contract.  Under  the  amendment,  the  requirement  for  capitalizing  implementation  costs
incurred  in  a  hosting  environment  that  is  a  service  contract  is  aligned  with  the  requirements  for  capitalizing  implementation  costs  incurred  for  an  internal-use
software license. This guidance is effective for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2019, and interim periods within those fiscal years. Early adoption is
permitted. The Company estimates the amount of cloud computing implementation costs capitalized during 2020 to be immaterial.

In August 2018, the FASB issued an amendment to existing guidance on disclosure requirements for employers that sponsor defined benefit pension or other
post-retirement plans. Under the amendment, the entity is required to disclose the weighted-average interest crediting rates used, reasons for significant gains and
losses affecting the benefit obligation and an explanation of any other significant changes in the benefit obligation or plan assets. The amendment also removed
certain  required  disclosures  that  no  longer  are  considered  cost  beneficial.  This  guidance  is  effective  for  fiscal  years  beginning  after  December  15,  2020.  Early
adoption  is  permitted.  The  Company  has  evaluated  the  impact  of  adoption  of  this  amendment  and  does  not  expect  any  impact  on  its  Consolidated  Financial
Statements.

In August 2018, the FASB issued an amendment to existing guidance on disclosure requirements on fair value measurement as part of its broader disclosure
framework  project,  which  aims  to  improve  the  effectiveness  of  disclosures  in  the  notes  to  the  financial  statements.  Under  this  amendment,  certain  disclosure
requirements for fair value measurement were eliminated, modified and added. This guidance is effective for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2019, and
interim  periods  within  those  fiscal  years.  The  Company  has  evaluated  the  impact  of  adoption  of  this  amendment  and  does  not  expect  any  impact  on  its
Consolidated Financial Statements.

In June 2016, the FASB issued an amendment to existing guidance for the measurement of credit losses on financial instruments and subsequent updates to
that amendment. This guidance replaces the incurred loss impairment methodology in current U.S. GAAP with a methodology that reflects expected credit losses
and requires consideration of a broader range of reasonable and supportable information when recording credit loss estimates. The new standard is effective for
fiscal years and interim periods beginning after December 15, 2019. The Company has evaluated the impact of adoption of this amendment and does not expect a
material impact on its Consolidated Financial Statements.

Reclassifications. Certain prior year amounts have been reclassified  in the Consolidated Financial Statements to conform to current year presentation. This
includes changes to the presentation of pension costs in other expense in the Company's Consolidated Statements of Income under ASU 2017-07, Improving the
Presentation of Net Periodic Pension Costs and Net Periodic Post-Retirement Benefit Costs. For applying the retrospective presentation requirements under this
standard, the Company used the practical expedient that allows for the use of amounts disclosed in its retirement benefit plans note for the year ended December
30, 2017 as the estimation basis.

52

Table of Contents

Note 2:

Re-engineering Costs

The  Company  recorded  $34.7  million,  $15.9  million and  $63.7  million in  re-engineering  charges  during  2019,  2018 and  2017,  respectively.  These  re-
engineering costs were mainly related to the July 2017 revitalization program ("2017 program") and the transformation program announced in January 2019 ("2019
program"). The Company continually reviews its business models and operating methods for opportunities to increase efficiencies and/or align costs with business
performance.

In  relation  to  the  2017  program,  the  Company  incurred  $4.5  million,  $15.9  million and  $63.7  million of  charges  in  2019,  2018 and  2017,  respectively,
primarily related to severance costs incurred for headcount reductions in several of the Company’s operations in connection with changes in its management and
organizational  structures.  Under  this  program,  the  Company  has  incurred  $84.1 million of  pretax  costs  starting  in  the  second  quarter  of  2017  through  2019.  In
addition to the costs outlined below, the Company recorded $0.9 million and $3.6 million in cost of sales for inventory obsolescence in connection with the 2017
program in 2018 and 2017, respectively.

Pretax costs incurred related to the 2017 program by category were as follows:

(In millions)

Severance

Other

Total re-engineering charges

The re-engineering charges related to the 2017 program by segment were as follows:

(In millions)
Europe

Asia Pacific

North America

South America

Total re-engineering charges

2019

2018

2017

4.4   $

0.1  

4.5   $

3.6   $

12.3  

15.9   $

2019

2018

2017

2.7   $

10.2   $

0.6  

1.2  

—  

0.5  

3.8  

1.4  

4.5   $

15.9   $

48.1

15.6

63.7

47.9

4.8

11.0

—

63.7

$

$

$

$

The balances included in accrued liabilities related to re-engineering and impairment charges as of December 28, 2019, December 29, 2018, and December 30,

2017 were as follows:

(In millions)
Beginning balance

Provision

Adjustments and other charges

Cash expenditures:

Severance

Other

Currency translation adjustment

Ending balance

2019

2018

2017

$

23.3   $

45.4   $

4.5  

(0.3)  

(20.3)  

(3.6)  

(0.5)  

15.9  

3.0  

(27.1)  

(12.8)  

(1.1)  

$

3.1   $

23.3   $

1.6

63.7

(0.4)

(12.7)

(6.8)

—

45.4

The accrual balance as of December 28, 2019, related primarily to severance payments to be made during 2020.

During 2019,  the  Company  incurred  $26.4 million of  costs  related  to  the  2019  program,  primarily  related  to  severance  costs,  outside  consulting  services,
project team expenses, and distributor support. In addition to the costs outlined below, the Company recorded $0.9 million and  $0.4 million in cost of sales for
inventory obsolescence and DS&A for bad debt expense, respectively, in connection with the 2019 program.

53

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
   
Table of Contents

Pretax costs incurred related to the 2019 program by category were as follows:

(In millions)

Severance

Other

Total re-engineering charges

The re-engineering charges related to the 2019 program by segment during 2019 were as follows:

(In millions)
Europe

Asia Pacific

Other

Total re-engineering charges

The balances included in accrued liabilities related to the 2019 program as of December 28, 2019 were as follows:

(In millions)
Beginning balance

Provision

Adjustments and other charges

Cash expenditures:

Severance

Other

Ending balance

13.1

13.3

26.4

12.4

11.1

2.9

26.4

2019

2019

2019

—

26.4

(1.7)

(0.9)

(10.9)

12.9

$

$

$

$

$

$

The accrual balance as of December 28, 2019, primarily related to severance payments to be made during 2020.

As of the end of December 2017, the Company evaluated the significant inflationary environment, the early 2018 devaluation of the currency in relation to the
U.S. dollar and the actual exchange rates being used to conduct business, particularly procurement of resins to manufacture product in Venezuela. The Company
concluded, it would use the parallel exchange rate in use in the country, which was approximately 99 percent lower than the official exchange rate that was used in
2017, to value sales and profit beginning of 2018. As a result of this evaluation, the Company recorded an impairment charge of $2.3 million dollars to reduce the
carrying value of its long-term fixed assets to zero. This impairment charge was included in the re-engineering and impairment charge caption of the Company's
Consolidated Income Statement, but is not a component of the program announced in July 2017. This was deemed a non-recurring, Level 3 measurement within
the fair value hierarchy.

Note 3:

Inventories

(In millions)

Finished goods

Work in process

Raw materials and supplies

Total inventories

2019

2018

197.1   $

22.4  

25.7  

245.2   $

203.9

25.0

28.8

257.7

$

$

54

 
 
Table of Contents

Note 4:

Property, Plant and Equipment

(In millions)
Land

Buildings and improvements

Molds

Production equipment

Distribution equipment

Computer/telecom equipment

Furniture and fixtures

Capitalized software

Construction in progress

Total property, plant and equipment

Less accumulated depreciation

Property, plant and equipment, net

Note 5:

Leases

2019

2018

$

29.4   $

171.2  

687.6  

268.7  

38.9  

43.2  

29.2  

115.1  

16.6  

43.3

175.6

681.0

262.2

39.4

43.6

28.4

89.0

23.9

1,399.9  

(1,132.4)  

$

267.5   $

1,386.4

(1,110.4)

276.0

The Company leases certain equipment, vehicles, office space, and manufacturing and distribution facilities, and recognizes the associated lease expense on a

straight-line basis over the lease term.

Some leases include one or more options to renew, with renewal terms that can extend the lease term from one year to five years, or more. The exercise of
lease  renewal  options is at  the Company's discretion  and renewal  options  that  are reasonably  certain  to be exercised  have been included  in the lease  term.  The
depreciable life of assets and leasehold improvements are limited by the expected lease term, unless there is a transfer of title or purchase option reasonably certain
of exercise.

Certain lease agreements held by the Company include rental payments adjusted periodically for inflation. The Company's lease agreements do not contain

any material residual value guarantees or material restrictive covenants.

The components of lease expense for 2019 were as follows:

(In millions)
Operating lease cost (a) (c)

Finance lease cost

Amortization of right-of-use assets (a)

Interest on lease liabilities (b)

Total finance lease cost

____________________

(a)
(b)
(c)

Included in DS&A and cost of products sold.
Included in interest expense.
Includes $3.8 million and $1.4 million related to short-term rent expense and variable rent expense, respectively.

Supplemental cash flow information related to leases is as follows:

(In millions)
Cash paid for amounts included in the measurement of lease liabilities

Operating cash flows from operating leases

Operating cash flows from finance leases

Financing cash flows from finance leases

Leased assets obtained in exchange for new operating lease liabilities

55

2019

51.7

0.9

0.2

1.1

2019

(50.1)

(0.2)

(1.8)

8.4

$

$

$

$

 
 
 
Table of Contents

Supplemental balance sheet information related to leases is as follows:

(In millions, except lease term and discount rate)
Operating Leases

Operating lease right-of-use assets

Accrued liabilities

Operating lease liabilities

Total Operating lease liabilities

Finance Leases

Property, plant and equipment, at cost

Accumulated amortization

Property, plant and equipment, net

Current portion of finance lease obligations

Long-term finance lease obligations

Total Finance lease liabilities

Weighted Average Remaining Lease Term

Operating Leases

Finance Leases

Weighted Average Discount Rate (a)

Operating Leases

Finance Leases

_________________________
(a) Calculated using Company's incremental borrowing rate.

Maturities of lease liabilities as of December 28, 2019 were as follows:

(In millions)
2020

2021

2022

2023

2024

Thereafter

Total lease payments

Less imputed interest

Total

56

$

$

$

$

$

$

$

2019

84.1

29.2

56.0

85.2

17.9

10.3

7.6

1.3

2.3

3.6

4.5 years

2.8 years

5.2%

5.1%

Operating Leases

Finance Leases

$

32.8   $

22.6  

13.0  

7.5  

5.6  

13.0  

94.5  

9.3  

$

85.2   $

1.4

1.4

1.0

—

—

—

3.8

0.2

3.6

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Table of Contents

Maturities of lease liabilities as of December 29, 2018 were as follows:

(In millions)
2019

2020

2021

2022

2023

Thereafter

Total

Operating Leases

Finance Leases

$

$

28.3   $

19.2  

15.8  

8.3  

6.3  

25.3  

103.2   $

1.6

1.3

1.4

1.0

—

—

5.3

Rental expense for operating leases totaled $32.2 million and gross payments of financing leases totaled $2.5 million in fiscal year 2018.

As of December 28, 2019, the Company had $2.3 million of operating leases not yet commenced but are expected to commence in  2020 with a term of one

year to four years.

Note 6:

Accrued and Other Liabilities

Accrued Liabilities

(In millions)

Income taxes payable

Compensation and employee benefits

Advertising, promotion and returns

Taxes other than income taxes

Pensions

Post-retirement benefits

Operating lease liability

Dividends payable

Foreign currency contracts

Re-engineering

Other

Total accrued liabilities

Other Liabilities

(In millions)

Post-retirement benefits

Pensions

Income taxes

Deferred income tax

Other

Total other liabilities

2019

2018

$

25.1   $

51.5  

42.4  

23.7  

2.5  

1.2  

29.2  

—  

19.6  

17.1  

78.0  

46.6

56.0

41.3

21.7

11.8

1.3

—

33.1

22.6

23.3

86.7

$

$

$

290.3   $

344.4

2019

2018

11.4   $

118.2  

9.7  

3.3  

49.7  

192.3   $

11.3

105.7

15.1

7.3

42.1

181.5

Note 7:

Goodwill and Intangible Assets

The  Company's  goodwill  and  intangible  assets  relate  primarily  to  the  December  2005  acquisition  of  the  direct  selling  businesses  of  Sara  Lee  Corporation.

Refer to Note 1 for the annual process for evaluating goodwill and intangible assets for impairment.

57

 
 
 
Table of Contents

In  the  third  quarters  of  2019 and  2018,  the  Company  completed  the  annual  assessments  for  all  of  its  reporting  units  and  indefinite-lived  intangible  assets,
concluding $19.7 million impairment existed as of the third quarter 2019, mainly for the impairment of goodwill associated with the Fuller Mexico beauty and
personal care products business in the amount of $17.5 million. This was a triggering event to assess the recoverability of the Fuller tradename, which concluded
no impairment as of the third quarter of 2019 based on actual and forecasted results of the units which support the Fuller tradename value.

The Nutrimetics tradename was also impaired by $2.2 million due to declining sales trends, leaving a $3.5 million carrying value as of September 28, 2019.

There were no impairments in 2018.

The  impairment  evaluation  of  the  goodwill  associated  with  the  Fuller  Mexico  reporting  unit  involved  comparing  the  fair  value  of  the  reporting  unit  to  its
carrying value, including the goodwill balance, after consideration of impairment to its long-lived assets. There were no impairments of any long-lived assets. The
fair value analysis for Fuller Mexico was completed using the income approach, which was considered a Level 3 measurement within the fair value hierarchy. The
significant assumptions used in the income approach included estimates regarding future operations and the ability to generate cash flows, including projections of
revenue,  costs,  utilization  of  assets  and  capital  requirements.  The  income  approach,  or  discounted  cash  flow  approach,  also  requires  an  estimate  as  to  the
appropriate  discount  rate  to  be  used.  The  most  sensitive  estimate  in  this  valuation  is  the  projection  of  operating  cash  flows,  as  these  provide  the  basis  for  the
estimate of fair market value. The Company’s cash flow model used a forecast period of ten years with annual revenue growth rates ranging from negative eight
percent to positive four percent, a compound average growth rate of 0.2 percent, and a 2.5 percent growth rate used in calculating the terminal value. The discount
rate used was 14.9 percent. The growth rates were determined by reviewing historical results of the operating unit and the historical results of the Company’s other
similar  business  units,  along  with  the  expected  contribution  from  growth  strategies  being  implemented. As  the  fair  value  of  Fuller  Mexico  was  less  than  the
carrying value by more than the recorded goodwill balance, the remaining balance of goodwill recorded at Fuller Mexico was written off.

In the fourth quarter of 2019, as part of the on-going assessment of goodwill and intangible assets, the Company noted that the financial performance of the
units selling Fuller products had fallen below their previous trend lines and it concluded that they would fall significantly  short of previous expectations. Sales
further declined in the fourth quarter of 2019 and margins significantly declined from third to fourth quarter resulting in an approximate 30 percent decrease in
margins in the forecasted period. This significant impact to margins also impacted the royalty rate which was reduced from the rate utilized in the third quarter of
2019.  These  declines  in  the  financial  performance  were  deemed  to  be  a  triggering  event  and  a  test  for  recoverability  and  impairment  was  performed  over  the
definite-lived  intangible  asset  which  included  comparing  the  sum  of  the  estimated  undiscounted  future  cash  flows  attributable  to  the  Fuller  tradename  to  its
carrying value. The result of the impairment test was to record a $20.3 million impairment to the Fuller tradename included in the impairment of goodwill and
intangible  assets  caption  of  the  Company's  Consolidated  Statements  of  Income.  As  the  units  that  sell  Fuller  products  are  in  different  geographical  areas,
impairments of $6.0 million, $13.6 million and  $0.7 million were recorded for the Asia Pacific, North America and South America segments, respectively. The
Fuller tradename carrying value was $6.5 million as of December 28, 2019.

Amortization expense related to all intangible assets, most significantly at Fuller Mexico, was $7.2 million, $7.6 million and $7.9 million in 2019, 2018 and
2017, respectively. The estimated annual amortization expense associated with intangibles is $1.8 million annually in 2020 through 2022 and $1.2 million in 2023.

The following table reflects gross goodwill and accumulated impairments allocated to each reporting segment at December 28, 2019, December 29, 2018 and

December 30, 2017:

(In millions)
Gross goodwill balance at December 30, 2017

Effect of changes in exchange rates

Gross goodwill balance at December 29, 2018

Effect of changes in exchange rates

Gross goodwill balance at December 28, 2019

Europe

  Asia Pacific  

North
America

South
America

Total

$

29.9   $

78.1   $

134.9   $

3.6   $

246.5

(0.7)  

29.2  

0.1  

(1.1)  

77.0  

0.1  

(0.5)  

134.4  

1.0  

(0.5)  

3.1  

(0.3)  

(2.8)

243.7

0.9

$

29.3   $

77.1   $

135.4   $

2.8   $

244.6

58

 
 
Table of Contents

(In millions)
Cumulative impairments as of December 30, 2017

Goodwill impairment

Cumulative impairments as of December 29, 2018

Goodwill impairment

Europe

  Asia Pacific  

North
America

  South America  

Total

$

24.5   $

41.3   $

101.8   $

—   $

167.6

—  

24.5  

—  

—  

41.3  

—  

—  

101.8  

17.5  

—  

—  

—  

—

167.6

17.5

185.1

18.2

6.4

24.6

20.3

32.6

52.9

Cumulative impairments as of December 28, 2019

$

24.5   $

41.3   $

119.3   $

—   $

The gross carrying amount and accumulated amortization of the Company's intangible assets, other than goodwill, were as follows:

(In millions)

Indefinite-lived tradenames

Definite-lived tradename

Total intangible assets

(In millions)

Indefinite-lived tradenames

Definite-lived tradename

Total intangible assets

A summary of the identifiable intangible asset account activity is as follows:

Gross Carrying Value  
$

18.2   $

$

53.3  

71.5   $

Gross Carrying Value  
$

20.3   $

$

70.5  

90.8   $

December 28, 2019

Accumulated
Amortization

—   $

46.9  

46.9   $

December 29, 2018

Accumulated
Amortization

—   $

37.9  

37.9   $

Net

Net

(In millions)
Beginning balance

Impairment of intangible assets

Effect of changes in exchange rates

Ending balance

Note 8:

Financing Obligations

Debt Obligations

Debt obligations consisted of the following:

(In millions)

Fixed rate Senior Notes due 2021

Five-year Revolving Credit Agreement

Belgium facilities capital leases

Total debt obligations

Less current portion

Long-term debt and capital lease obligations

Year Ended

December 28, 
2019

December 29, 
2018

$

$

90.8

  $

(22.5)

3.2

71.5

  $

94.2

—

(3.4)

90.8

2019

2018

599.8   $

272.0  

3.6  

875.4  

(273.2)  

602.2   $

599.7

283.9

5.3

888.9

(285.5)

603.4

$

$

59

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Table of Contents

(Dollars in millions)
Total short-term borrowings at year-end

Weighted average interest rate at year-end

Average short-term borrowings during the year

Weighted average interest rate for the year

Maximum short-term borrowings during the year

Senior Notes

2019

2018

272.0

  $

2.1%  

422.8

  $

2.7%  

548.9

  $

283.9

2.3%

364.6

2.6%

509.9

$

$

$

On June 2, 2011, the Company completed the sale of $400 million in aggregate principal amount of 4.75% Senior Notes due June 1, 2021 under an indenture.
The notes sold in June 2011 were sold at a discount. Whether the Company will be able to repay or refinance, if at all, the Senior Notes will depend on market
conditions and the Company’s financial performance.

On  March  11,  2013,  the  Company  issued  and  sold  an  additional  $200 million in  aggregate  principal  amount  of  these  notes  (both  issuances  together,  the

"Senior Notes") in a registered public offering. The notes sold in March 2013 were sold at a premium.

The  Senior  Notes  were  issued  under  an  indenture  (the  “Indenture”)  between  the  Company  and  its  100  percent  subsidiary,  Dart  Industries  Inc.  (the
“Guarantor”) and Wells Fargo Bank, N.A., as trustee. As security for its obligations under the guarantee of the Senior Notes, the Guarantor has granted a security
interest  in  certain  "Tupperware"  trademarks  and  service  marks.  The  guarantee  and  the  lien  securing  the  guarantee  may  be  released  under  certain  customary
circumstances specified in the Indenture. These customary circumstances include:

• payment in full of principal of and premium, if any, and interest on the Senior Notes;

• satisfaction and discharge of the Indenture;

• upon legal defeasance or covenant defeasance of the Senior Notes as set forth in the Indenture;

• as to any property or assets constituting collateral owned by the Guarantor that is released from its guarantee in accordance with the Indenture;

• with the consent of the holders of the requisite percentage of Senior Notes in accordance with the Indenture; and

• if the rating on the Senior Notes is changed to investment grade in accordance with the Indenture.

Prior to March 1, 2021, the Company may redeem the Senior Notes, at its option, at a redemption price equal to accrued and unpaid interest and the greater of
i) 100 percent of the principal amount to be redeemed; and ii) the present value of the remaining scheduled payments of principal and interest. In determining the
present value of the remaining scheduled payments, such payments shall be discounted to the redemption date using a discount rate equal to the Treasury Rate (as
defined in the Indenture) plus 30 basis points. On or after March 1, 2021, the redemption price will equal 100 percent of the principal amount of the Senior Notes
redeemed, plus accrued interest to the redemption date.

The Indenture includes covenants which, subject to certain exceptions, limit the ability of the Company and its subsidiaries to, among other things, (i) incur
indebtedness  secured  by  liens  on  real  property,  (ii)  enter  into  certain  sale  and  leaseback  transactions,  (iii)  consolidate  or  merge  with  another  entity,  or  sell  or
transfer all or substantially all of their properties and assets, and (iv) sell the capital stock of the Guarantor. In addition, upon a change of control, as defined in the
Indenture,  the  Company  may  be  required  to  make  an  offer  to  repurchase  the  Senior  Notes  at  101 percent of  their  principal  amount,  plus  accrued  and  unpaid
interest.  The Indenture  also contains customary  events of default.  These restrictions  are not expected  to impact  the Company's operations.  As of December 28,
2019, the Company was in compliance with all of its covenants.

60

 
Table of Contents

Credit Agreement

On March 29, 2019, the Company and its wholly owned subsidiaries Tupperware Nederland B.V., Administradora Dart, S. de R.L. de C.V., and Tupperware
Brands  Asia  Pacific  Pte.  Ltd.  (the  “Subsidiary  Borrowers”),  amended  and  restated  its  multicurrency  Credit  Agreement,  amended  by  Amendment  No.  1  dated
August  28,  2019  (so  as  amended,  the  "Credit  Agreement"),  with  JPMorgan  Chase  Bank,  N.A.  as  administrative  agent  (the  “Administrative  Agent”),  swingline
lender, joint lead arranger and joint bookrunner, and Credit Agricole Corporate and Investment Bank, HSBC Securities (USA) Inc., Mizuho Bank, Ltd. and Wells
Fargo Securities, LLC, as syndication agents, joint lead arrangers and joint bookrunners. The Credit Agreement replaces the credit agreement dated September 11,
2013 and as amended (the “Old Credit Agreement”) and, other than an increased aggregate amount that may be borrowed, an improvement in the consolidated
leverage  ratio  covenant  and  a  slightly  more  favorable  commitment  fee  rate,  has  terms  and  conditions  similar  to  that  of  the  Old  Credit  Agreement.  The  Credit
Agreement  makes  available  to  the  Company  and  the  Subsidiary  Borrowers  a  committed  five-year  credit  facility  in  an  aggregate  amount  of  $650 million (the
“Facility  Amount”).  The Credit  Agreement  provides  (i)  a revolving  credit  facility,  available  up to the full  amount  of the Facility  Amount, (ii)  a letter  of credit
facility,  available  up  to  $50 million of  the  Facility  Amount,  and  (iii)  a  swingline  facility,  available  up  to  $100 million of  the  Facility  Amount.  Each  of  such
facilities is fully available to the Company and the Facility Amount is available to the Subsidiary Borrowers up to an aggregate amount not to exceed $325 million.
With  the agreement  of its lenders,  the Company is permitted  to increase,  on up to three occasions, the  Facility  Amount by a total  of up to  $200 million (for a
maximum  aggregate  Facility  Amount  of  $850 million),  subject  to  certain  conditions.  As  of  December  28,  2019,  the  Company  had  total  borrowings  of  $272.0
million outstanding  under  its  Credit  Agreement,  with  $174.9  million of  that  amount  denominated  in  Euro.  The  Company  routinely  increases  its  revolver
borrowings under the Credit Agreement during each quarter to fund operating, investing and financing activities and uses cash available at the end of each quarter
to temporarily reduce borrowing levels. As a result, the Company incurs more interest expense and has higher foreign exchange exposure on the value of its cash
and debt during each quarter than would relate solely to the quarter end balances.

Loans  made  under  the  Credit  Agreement  will  be  composed  of  (i)  “Eurocurrency  Borrowings”,  bearing  interest  determined  in  reference  to  the  London
interbank  offered  rate  ("LIBOR")  or  the  EURIBOR  rate  for  the  applicable  currency  and  interest  period,  plus  a  margin,  and/or  (ii)  “ABR  Borrowings”,  bearing
interest at the sum of (A) the greatest of (x) the Prime Rate, (y) the NYFRB rate plus 0.5 percent, and (z) adjusted LIBOR on such day (or if such day is not a
business day, the immediately preceding business day) for a deposit in U.S. dollars with a maturity of one month plus 1 percent, and (B) a margin. The applicable
margin in each case will be determined by reference to a pricing schedule and will be based upon the better for the Company of (a) the Consolidated Leverage
Ratio (computed as consolidated funded indebtedness of the Company and its subsidiaries to the consolidated EBITDA (as defined in the Credit Agreement) of the
Company and its subsidiaries for the four fiscal quarters then most recently ended) for the fiscal quarter referred to in the quarterly or annual financial statements
most recently delivered, or (b) the Company’s then existing long-term debt securities rating by Moody’s Investor Service, Inc. or Standard and Poor’s Financial
Services,  Inc.  Under  the  Credit  Agreement,  the  applicable  margin  for  ABR  Borrowings  ranges  from  0.375 percent to  0.875 percent,  the  applicable  margin  for
Eurocurrency  Borrowings  ranges  from  1.375 percent to  1.875 percent,  and  the  applicable  margin  for  the  commitment  fee  ranges  from  0.150 percent to  0.275
percent. Loans made under the swingline facility will bear interest, if denominated in U.S. Dollars, at the same rate as an ABR Borrowing and, if denominated in
another currency, at the same rate as a Eurocurrency Borrowing. As of December 28, 2019, the Credit Agreement dictated a base rate spread of 150 basis points,
which gave the Company a weighted average interest rate on LIBOR-based borrowings of 2.10 percent on borrowings under the Credit Agreement that has a final
maturity date of March 29, 2024.

Similar to the Old Credit Agreement, the Credit Agreement contains customary covenants that, among other things, generally restrict the Company's ability to
incur subsidiary indebtedness, create liens on and sell assets, engage in certain liquidations or dissolutions, engage in certain mergers or consolidations, or change
lines of business. These covenants are subject to significant exceptions and qualifications.

61

Table of Contents

On  February  28,  2020,  the  Company  amended  the  Credit  Agreement  (the  “Amendment”)  in  order  to  modify  certain  provisions,  including  the  required
Consolidated Leverage Ratio. Previously, the Company had to maintain at specified measurement periods a Consolidated Leverage Ratio that was not greater than
or equal to 3.75 to 1.00. Following the Amendment,  the Company is required  to maintain at the last day of each quarterly  measurement  period a Consolidated
Leverage Ratio not greater than or equal to the ratio as set forth below opposite the period that includes such day (or, if such day does not end on the last day of the
calendar quarter, that includes the last day of the calendar quarter that is nearest to such day):

From the Amendment No. 2 effective date to and including June 27, 2020

Period

September 26, 2020

December 26, 2020

March 27, 2021

June 26, 2021 and thereafter

Consolidated Leverage Ratio
5.75 to 1.00

5.25 to 1.00

4.50 to 1.00

4.00 to 1.00

3.75 to 1.00

The  Amendment  also  eliminated  the  requirement  that  a  Non-Investment  Grade  Ratings  Event  must  occur  before  the  Company  is  required  to  cause  the
Additional  Guarantee  and  Collateral  Requirement  to  be  satisfied,  each  term,  as  defined  in  the  Amendment.  As  a  result,  the  Company  is  now  required  to  cause
certain of its domestic subsidiaries to become guarantors and the Company and certain of its domestic subsidiaries are required to pledge additional collateral.

For purposes of the Credit Agreement, consolidated EBITDA represents earnings before interest, income taxes, depreciation and amortization, as adjusted to
exclude  unusual,  non-recurring  gains  as  well  as  non-cash  charges  and  certain  other  items.  As  of  December  28,  2019,  and  currently,  the  Company  was  in
compliance  with  the  financial  covenants  in  the  Credit  Agreement. Had  the  Credit  Agreement  not  been  amended,  the  Company  may  have  exceeded  the
Consolidated Leverage Ratio for the four fiscal quarters ending in March 2020. This would have constituted an Event of Default, potentially resulting in a cross
default  under  cross-default  provisions  with  respect  to  other  of  our  debt  obligations,  giving  the  lenders  the  ability  to  terminate  the  revolving  commitments,
accelerate  outstanding  amounts  under  the  Credit  Agreement,  exercise  certain  remedies  relating  to  the  collateral  securing  the  Credit  Agreement  and  require  the
Company  to  post  cash  collateral  for  all  outstanding  letters  of  credit.  In  addition  to  the  relief  provided  in  the  Amendment,  the  Company  has  reduced  certain
operating expenses beginning in 2020 and could use available cash to make debt repayments to lower its Consolidated Leverage Ratio.

Under  the  Credit  Agreement  and  consistent  with  the  Old  Credit  Agreement,  the  Guarantor  unconditionally  guarantees  all  obligations  and  liabilities  of  the
Company and the Subsidiary Borrowers relating to the Credit Agreement, supported by a security interest in certain "Tupperware" trademarks and service marks.
The Amendment eliminated the requirement that a Non-Investment Grade Ratings Event, as defined therein, must occur before the Company is required to cause
the Additional Guarantee and Collateral Requirement to be satisfied, each term, defined in the Amendment. Pursuant to the Amendment, the Company is required
to cause certain of its domestic subsidiaries to become guarantors and the Company and certain of its domestic subsidiaries to pledge additional collateral.

At December 28, 2019, the Company had $458.5 million of unused lines of credit, including $376.6 million under the committed, secured Credit Agreement,
and $81.9 million available under various uncommitted lines around the world. Interest paid on total debt in 2019, 2018 and 2017 was $40.7 million, $45.2 million
and $47.6 million, respectively. The 2018 and 2017 payments included forward points on foreign currency contracts.

Contractual Maturities

Contractual maturities for debt obligations at December 28, 2019 are summarized by year as follows (in millions):

Year ending:

December 26, 2020

December 25, 2021

December 31, 2022

Total

62

Amount

273.2

601.2

1.0

875.4

$

$

Table of Contents

Finance Leases

In 2007, the Company completed construction of a manufacturing facility in Belgium. Costs related to the new facility and equipment totaled $24.0 million
and were financed through a sale lease-back transaction under two separate leases. The two leases are being accounted for as finance leases and have initial terms
of 10 years and  15 years and  interest  rates  of  5.1 percent.  In  2010,  the  Company  extended  a  lease  on  an  additional  building  in  Belgium  that  was  previously
accounted for as an operating lease. As a result of renegotiating the terms of the agreement, the lease is now classified as finance and had an initial value of $3.8
million with an initial term of 10 years and an interest rate of 2.9 percent.

Following is a summary of significant finance lease obligations at December 28, 2019 and December 29, 2018:

(In millions)

Gross payments

Less imputed interest

Total finance lease obligation

Less current maturity

Finance lease obligation - long-term portion

Note 9:

Derivative Financial Instruments

December 28, 
2019

December 29, 
2018

$

$

3.8   $

0.2  

3.6  

1.3  

2.3   $

5.8

0.5

5.3

1.6

3.7

The Company is exposed to fluctuations in foreign currency exchange rates on the earnings, cash flows and financial position of its international operations.
Although  this  currency  risk  is  partially  mitigated  by  the  natural  hedge  arising  from  the  Company's  local  manufacturing  in  many  markets,  a  strengthening  U.S.
dollar generally has a negative impact on the Company. In response, the Company uses financial instruments to hedge certain of its exposures and to manage the
foreign exchange impact to its financial statements. At its inception, a derivative financial instrument is designated as a fair value, cash flow or net equity hedge as
described in Note 1 to the Consolidated Financial Statements.

Fair value hedges are entered into with financial instruments such as forward contracts, with the objective of limiting exposure to certain foreign exchange
risks primarily associated with accounts payable and non-permanent intercompany transactions. For derivative instruments that are designated and qualify as fair
value hedges, the gain or loss on the derivative, as well as the offsetting gain or loss on the hedged item attributable to the hedged risk, are recognized in current
earnings. In assessing hedge effectiveness,  as of the beginning of 2019, the Company made the accounting policy election in accordance with ASU 2017-12 to
exclude forward points and record their impact in the same income statement line item that is used to present the earnings effect of the hedged item for 2019, Other
(income) expense. Prior to 2019, the forward points had been included as a component of interest expense. The forward points on fair value hedges resulted in
pretax income of $17.5 million, $19.8 million and $22.6 million for 2019, 2018 and 2017, respectively.

63

 
Table of Contents

The Company also uses derivative financial instruments to hedge foreign currency exposures resulting from certain forecasted purchases and classifies these
as cash flow hedges. The majority of cash flow hedge contracts that the Company enters into relate to inventory purchases. At initiation, the Company's cash flow
hedge contracts are generally for periods ranging from one month to fifteen months. The effective portion of the gain or loss on the open hedging instrument is
recorded in other comprehensive income and is reclassified into earnings when settled through the same line item as the transaction being hedged. As such, the
balance at the end of the current reporting period in other comprehensive income, related to cash flow hedges, will generally be reclassified within the next twelve
months. The associated asset or liability on the open hedges is recorded in other current assets or accrued liabilities, as applicable. In assessing hedge effectiveness,
the  Company  made  an  accounting  policy  change  as  of  December  30,  2018  to  include  forward  points  in  the  assessment  of  effectiveness  for  cash  flow  hedges
causing the impact from forward points to be recorded as part of other comprehensive income compared to interest expense as it previously had been recorded.
Based on the interest expense incurred for open cash flow hedges as of December 30, 2018, the Company recorded an adjustment of $1.2 million, net of taxes, to
accumulated comprehensive income and retained earnings to reflect this accounting policy change. There was an immaterial impact from forward points recorded
in other comprehensive income for activity related to 2019. The Company recognized $4.1 million of negative manufacturing variances that will be capitalized and
amortized over actual months of inventory turns related to the forward point impact from the settlement of cash flow hedges in 2019. The balance in accumulated
other comprehensive (loss),  net  of  tax,  resulting  from  open  foreign  currency  hedges  designated  as  cash  flow  hedges  was  a  deferred  loss of  $2.4 million, and a
deferred gain of $1.7 million and $1.6 million as of  December 28, 2019, December 29, 2018 and December 30, 2017, respectively. In 2019, 2018 and 2017, the
Company recorded in other comprehensive (loss), net of tax, a net loss of $2.9 million, a net gain of $0.1 million and a net loss of $3.3 million, respectively, which
represents the net change to accumulated other comprehensive income on the Company's balance sheet related to this type of hedges.

The Company also uses  financial  instruments,  such as forward  contracts  and  certain  euro denominated  borrowings under its Credit  Agreement,  to hedge a
portion  of  its  net  equity  investment  in  international  operations  and  classifies  these  as  net  equity  hedges.  Changes  in  the  value  of  these  financial  instruments,
excluding  any  ineffective  portion  of  the  hedges,  are  included  in  foreign  currency  translation  adjustments  within  accumulated  other  comprehensive  loss. The
Company recorded, net of tax, in other comprehensive income a net loss of  $22.5 million, gain of  $23.7 million and  loss of  $21.2 million associated with these
hedges in 2019, 2018 and 2017, respectively. Due to the permanent nature of the investments, the Company does not anticipate reclassifying any portion of these
amounts to the income statement in the next twelve months. In assessing hedge effectiveness, the Company made an accounting policy change as of December 30,
2018 to include forward points in the assessment of effectiveness  for net equity hedges causing the impact  from forward points to be recorded  as part of other
comprehensive income compared to interest expense as it previously had been recorded. The impact of forward points is being recorded in other comprehensive
income, and will remain there indefinitely since that is where the gains and losses on hedges of net equity are recorded. Based on the interest expense associated
with  forward  points  incurred  for  open  net  equity  hedges  as  of  December  30,  2018,  the  Company  recorded  an  adjustment  of  $3.8  million,  net  of  taxes,  to
accumulated comprehensive income and retained earnings to reflect this accounting policy change. The impact related to forward points on hedges of net equity
recorded as a component of other comprehensive income in 2019 were losses of $18.3 million.

The  net  cash  flow  impact  from  hedging  activity  for  2019,  2018 and  2017 was  outflow of  $2.3  million and  inflows of  $2.9  million and  $0.1  million,

respectively.

The Company considers the total notional value of its forward contracts as the best measure of the volume of derivative transactions. As of December 28, 2019
and December 29, 2018, the notional amounts of outstanding forward contracts to purchase currencies were $137.7 million and $186.8 million, respectively, and
the  notional  amounts  of  outstanding  forward  contracts  to  sell  currencies  were  $143.5 million and  $184.6 million,  respectively.  As  of  December  28,  2019, the
notional values of the largest positions outstanding were to purchase $72.5 million of U.S. dollars and  $56.6 million of euros and to sell  $50.3 million of Swiss
francs and $31.9 million of Mexican pesos.

The following table summarizes the Company's derivative positions, which are the only assets and liabilities recorded at fair value on a recurring basis, and the
impact  they  had  on  the  Company's  financial  position  as  of  December  28,  2019 and  December  29,  2018.  Fair  values  were  determined  based  on  third  party
quotations (Level 2 fair value measurement):

64

Table of Contents

Derivatives designated as hedging instruments
(in millions)

Balance sheet location

2019

2018

Balance sheet location

2019

2018

Foreign exchange contracts

Non-trade amounts

receivable

  $

16.0   $

26.7   Accrued liabilities

  $

19.8   $

22.6

Asset derivatives

Liability derivatives

Fair value

Fair value

The following table summarizes the impact on the results of operations for the years ended December 28, 2019, December 29, 2018 and December 30, 2017

for the components included in the hedge effectiveness assessment of the Company's fair value hedging positions:

Derivatives designated as
fair value hedges
(in millions)

Location of gain or
(loss) recognized in
income on
derivatives

Amount of gain or
(loss) recognized in
income on derivatives 

2019

2018

2017

Location of (loss) or
gain recognized in
income on related
hedged items

Foreign exchange contracts

  Other expense

  $

9.6 $

(21.9) $

17.2   Other expense

Amount of (loss) or gain
recognized in income on
related hedged items

2019

2018

($9.6)

$21.6

2017
($17.1)

The following table summarizes the impact of Company's hedging activities on comprehensive income for the years ended December 28, 2019, December 29,

2018 and December 30, 2017:

Derivatives designated as cash flow
and net equity hedges (in millions)

Amount of (loss) or gain recognized in
OCI on derivatives (effective portion)

Location of (loss) or gain
reclassified from
accumulated OCI into
income (effective
portion)

Amount of (loss) or gain reclassified
from accumulated OCI into income
(effective portion)

Location of loss
recognized in income on
derivatives (ineffective
portion and amount
excluded from
effectiveness testing)

Amount of loss recognized in income
on derivatives (ineffective portion and
amounts excluded from effectiveness
testing)

Cash flow hedging
relationships

2019

2018

2017

2019

2018

2017

2019

2018

2017

Foreign exchange contracts

  $

(6.3) $

6.9 $

(2.7)  

sold

  $

(3.1) $

6.9 $

1.4   Interest expense

  $ — $

(4.1) $

(4.8)

Cost of products

Net equity hedging
relationships

Foreign exchange contracts

Euro denominated debt

(30.9)

2.6

26.5

3.8

(21.6)    

(11.5)    

  Interest expense

— (21.2)

(26.0)

The  Company's  theoretical  credit  risk  for  each  foreign  exchange  contract  is  its  replacement  cost,  but  management  believes  that  the  risk  of  incurring  credit
losses is remote and such losses, if any, would not be material. The Company is also exposed to market risk on its derivative instruments due to potential changes
in foreign exchange rates; however, such market risk would be fully offset by changes in the valuation of the underlying items being hedged. For all outstanding
derivative  instruments,  the  net  accrued  loss was  $3.8  million and  gain was  $4.1  million and  $2.6  million at  December  28,  2019,  December  29,  2018 and
December 30, 2017, respectively, and was recorded either in non-trade amounts receivable or accrued liabilities, depending upon the net position of the individual
contracts. The notional amounts shown above change based upon the Company's outstanding exposure to fair value fluctuations.

65

 
 
 
 
   
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
 
   
   
 
 
   
   
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
   
   
 
 
Table of Contents

Note 10:

Fair Value Measurements

Due  to  their  short  maturities  or  their  insignificance,  the  carrying  amounts  of  cash  and  cash  equivalents,  accounts  and  notes  receivable,  accounts  payable,
accrued liabilities and short-term borrowings approximated their fair values at December 28, 2019 and December 29, 2018. The Company estimates that, based on
current market conditions, the value of its 4.75%, 2021 senior notes was $605.8 million at December 28, 2019, compared with the carrying value of $599.8 million.
The higher fair value resulted from changes, since issuance, in the corporate debt markets and investor preferences. The fair value of debt is classified as a Level 2
liability, and is estimated using quoted market prices as provided in secondary markets that consider the Company's credit risk and market-related conditions. See
Note 9 to the Consolidated Financial Statements for discussion of the Company's derivative instruments and related fair value measurements.

Note 11:

Accumulated Other Comprehensive Loss

(In millions, net of tax)
December 31, 2016

Other comprehensive income (loss) before reclassifications

Amounts reclassified from accumulated other comprehensive loss

Net other comprehensive income (loss)

December 30, 2017

Cumulative effect of change in Accounting Principle

Other comprehensive income (loss) before reclassifications

Amounts reclassified from accumulated other comprehensive loss

Net other comprehensive income (loss)

December 29, 2018

Cumulative effect of change in Accounting Principle

Other comprehensive loss before reclassifications

Amounts reclassified from accumulated other comprehensive loss

Net other comprehensive loss

December 28, 2019

Foreign
Currency Items  
$

(544.3)   $

Cash Flow
Hedges

Pension and
Other Post-
retirement Items  

Total

4.9   $

(32.1)   $

(571.5)

42.4  

—  

42.4  

(2.5)  

(0.8)  

(3.3)  

1.8  

1.2  

3.0  

41.7

0.4

42.1

$

(501.9)   $

1.6   $

(29.1)   $

(529.4)

(24.2)  

(53.0)  

—  

(53.0)  

—  

5.4  

(5.3)  

0.1  

—  

3.6  

0.8  

4.4  

(24.2)

(44.0)

(4.5)

(48.5)

$

(579.1)   $

1.7   $

(24.7)   $

(602.1)

(3.8)  

(17.3)  

—  

(17.3)  

(1.2)  

(5.1)  

2.2  

(2.9)  

—  

(10.7)  

(0.3)  

(11.0)  

$

(600.2)   $

(2.4)   $

(35.7)   $

(5.0)

(33.1)

1.9

(31.2)

(638.3)

Pretax amounts reclassified from accumulated other comprehensive loss that related to cash flow hedges consisted of net loss of $3.1 million and gains of $6.9
million and $1.4 million in 2019, 2018 and 2017, respectively. Associated with these items were a tax benefit of $0.9 million and tax provisions of $1.6 million and
$0.6 million in 2019, 2018 and 2017, respectively. See Note 9 for further discussion of derivatives.

In 2019, 2018 and 2017, pretax amounts reclassified from accumulated other comprehensive loss related to pension and other post-retirement items consisted

of prior service benefits of $1.3 million, $0.7 million and $1.3 million, respectively, and pension settlement costs of $0.7 million, $1.3 million and $1.0 million,
respectively, and actuarial losses of $0.3 million, $0.2 million and $2.0 million, respectively. Associated with these items was a tax benefit of $0.5 million in 2017.
There was no tax amount associated with these items in 2019 and 2018. See Note 14 for further discussion of pension and other post-retirement benefit costs.

66

 
Table of Contents

Note 12:

Statements of Cash Flows Supplemental Disclosure

Under  the  Company's  stock  incentive  programs,  employees  are  allowed  to  use  shares  retained  by  the  Company  to  satisfy  minimum  statutorily  required
withholding taxes in certain jurisdictions. In 2019, 2018 and 2017, 44,131, 32,445 and 40,777 shares, respectively, were retained to fund withholding taxes, with
values totaling $0.9 million, $1.5 million and $2.5 million, respectively, which were included as stock repurchases in the Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows.

Restricted cash is not material and is recorded in either prepaid and other current assets or in long-term other assets.

Note 13:

Income Taxes

For income tax purposes, the domestic and foreign components of income (loss) before taxes were as follows:

(In millions)

Domestic

Foreign

Total

2019

2018

2017

$

$

(44.9)   $

148.3  

103.4   $

(54.2)   $

330.4  

276.2   $

(76.2)

261.3

185.1

The domestic and foreign components of income (loss) before taxes reflect adjustments as required under certain advanced pricing agreements and exclude

repatriation of foreign earnings to the United States.

The provisions for current and deferred income taxes are summarized as follows:

(In millions)
Current:

United States

International

State and local

Deferred:

United States

International

State and local

Total

2019

2018

2017

$

6.8   $

13.2   $

71.7  

0.9  

79.4  

(7.9)  

18.4  

1.1  

11.6  

80.8  

(1.0)  

93.0  

26.1  

1.7  

(0.5)  

27.3  

$

91.0   $

120.3   $

25.6

136.9

2.1

164.6

312.9

(25.6)

(1.4)

285.9

450.5

67

 
 
 
 
 
   
   
 
 
   
   
 
Table of Contents

A reconciliation of the provision for income taxes and income taxes computed using the U.S. federal statutory rate were as follows:

(In millions)
Amount computed using statutory rate

Increase (reduction) in taxes resulting from:

Foreign direct taxes in excess of credits

Foreign rate differential

Foreign-derived intangible income, benefit

GILTI, net of credits

Impact of changes in U.S. tax legislation

Other changes in valuation allowances for deferred tax assets

Impact of equity based compensation

Foreign and domestic tax audit settlement and adjustments

Other

Total

2019

2018

2017

$

21.7   $

58.0   $

64.8

8.2  

30.4  

(1.7)  

9.8  

(22.2)  

45.6  

2.8  

—  

(3.6)  

(10.1)  

(8.3)  

—  

10.9  

39.6  

36.2  

0.6  

—  

(6.6)  

(5.8)

14.3

—

—

375.0

5.3

—

(2.5)

(0.6)

$

91.0   $

120.3   $

450.5

The effective tax rates for 2019, 2018 and 2017 were 87.9 percent, 43.6 percent and 243.4 percent, respectively. In 2019, the effective tax rate (income taxes
as a percentage of income from continuing operations before income taxes) was higher than the U.S. statutory rate due to continued negative impacts from the tax
reform provisions such as GILTI inclusions, interest deduction limitations, a jurisdictional mix of offshore earnings in countries with statutory tax rates higher than
the U.S. and certain valuation allowances that were booked against existing deferred tax assets in 2019. The effective tax rates for 2018 and 2017 are higher than
the U.S. statutory rate which reflect the various impacts of the Tax Cuts and Jobs Act of 2017 (“the Tax Act”).

In accordance  with U.S. GAAP, the Company made the accounting  policy election  to treat  GILTI as a current  period expense starting  in fiscal  year 2018.
Therefore, the Company has not provided any deferred tax impacts of GILTI in the Consolidated Financial Statements. The Company recognized $16.9 million
and $10.9 million of tax cost associated with GILTI ( before credits) for the years ended December 28, 2019 and December 29, 2018, respectively. The expense
recorded in 2018 did not significantly change due to the U.S. Treasury issuance of final regulations.

The  Company  also  completed  a  comprehensive  analysis  of  the  foreign-derived  intangible  income  (“FDII”)  based  on  additional  guidance  provided  in  the

proposed regulations issued by the U.S. Treasury Department in 2018. FDII activity for the year ended December 28, 2019 resulted in a benefit of $1.7 million.

68

 
 
 
   
   
Table of Contents

The components of deferred income tax assets (liabilities) were as follows:

(In millions)

Purchased intangibles

Lease Liabilities

Other

Gross deferred tax liabilities

Credit and net operating loss carry forwards (net of unrecognized tax benefits)

Employee benefits accruals

Deferred costs

Fixed assets basis differences

Capitalized intangibles

Other accruals

Accounts receivable

Post-retirement benefits

Depreciation

Lease Assets

Inventory

Gross deferred tax assets

Valuation allowances

Net deferred tax assets

2019

2018

$

(9.1)   $

(22.7)  

(0.8)  

(32.6)  

296.3  

45.5  

39.5  

19.9  

21.7  

56.6  

14.5  

3.3  

5.5  

22.7  

5.6  

531.1  

(315.6)  

$

182.9   $

(17.4)

—

(1.6)

(19.0)

314.2

45.5

35.1

18.6

19.1

62.0

1.3

3.4

9.4

—

4.7

513.3

(284.6)

209.7

At  December  28,  2019,  the  Company  had  gross  federal,  state,  and  international  tax  operating  losses  of  $0  million,  $10.8  million and  $440.8  million,
respectively. These tax loss carryforwards have expiration dates ranging between one year and no expiration in certain instances. The estimated gross foreign tax
credit carryforwards for 2019 and 2018 are $189.5 million and $193.5 million, respectively. These credit carryforwards have expirations ranging from one to ten
years.

At December 28, 2019 and December 29, 2018, the Company had valuation allowances against certain deferred tax assets, including the tax loss and credit
carryforwards  mentioned  above,  totaling  $315.6  million and  $284.6  million,  respectively.  The  increase  in  valuation  allowance  was  primarily  associated  with
booking  a  full  reserve  against  the  foreign  tax  credits,  the  interest  expense  carryforwards  created  by  the  Tax  Act,  and  net  operating  losses.  These  valuation
allowances relate to tax assets in jurisdictions where it is management's best estimate that there is not a greater than 50 percent probability that the benefit of the
assets will be realized in the associated tax returns.

As of December 28, 2019 the Company has approximately $2.0 billion of cumulative undistributed earnings of its non-U.S. subsidiaries. The Tax Act imposed
a mandatory transition tax on accumulated foreign earnings and generally eliminated U.S. taxes on foreign subsidiary distribution with the exception of foreign
withholding taxes and other foreign local tax. The Company generally does not provide for taxes related to our undistributed earnings because such earnings either
would not be taxable when remitted or they are considered to be indefinitely reinvested. If in the foreseeable future, the Company can no longer demonstrate that
these earnings are indefinitely reinvested, a deferred tax liability will be recognized. As of December 28, 2019, the Company has recorded a deferred tax liability
of $8.8 million on  $178.3 million of earnings it has deemed to not be permanently reinvested. A determination of the amount of the unrecognized deferred tax
liability related to other undistributed earnings is not practicable due to the complexity and variety of assumptions necessary based on the manner in which the
undistributed earnings would be repatriated.

69

 
Table of Contents

As of December 28, 2019 and December 29, 2018, the Company's accrual for uncertain tax positions was $13.5 million and $15.1 million, respectively. The
Company  estimates  that  approximately  $13.2 million of  that  amount,  if  recognized,  would  impact  the  effective  tax  rate.  A  reconciliation  of  the  beginning  and
ending amount of accrual for uncertain tax positions is as follows:

(In millions)
Balance, beginning of year

Additions based on tax positions related to the current year

Additions for tax positions of prior year

Reduction for tax positions of prior years

Settlements

Reductions for lapse in statute of limitations

Impact of foreign currency rate changes versus the U.S. dollar

2019

2018

2017

$

15.1   $

19.8   $

1.1  

3.0  

(2.4)  

(3.0)  

(0.3)  

—  

2.2  

0.5  

(3.4)  

—  

(3.6)  

(0.4)  

Balance, end of year

$

13.5   $

15.1   $

20.7

3.6

2.2

(3.0)

(1.2)

(3.7)

1.2

19.8

In evaluating uncertain tax positions, the Company makes determinations regarding the application of complex tax rules, regulations and practices. Uncertain
tax positions are evaluated based on many factors including but not limited to changes in tax laws, new developments and the impact of tax audit settlements on
future periods.

Interest and penalties related to uncertain tax positions in the Company's global operations are recorded as a component of the provision for income taxes. The
Company  had  accrued  $4.0 million for  the  potential  payment  of  interest  and  penalties  as  of  December  28,  2019 and  $4.0 million of  this  total  could  favorably
impact future tax rates. The Company had accrued $5.5 million for the potential payment of interest and penalties as of December 29, 2018 and $5.5 million of this
total could favorably impact future tax rates if recognized and released.

The  Company operates  globally  and  files  income  tax  returns  in the  United  States  with federal  and  various  state  agencies,  and  in  foreign  jurisdictions.  The
Company paid income  taxes  in 2019, 2018 and  2017 of  $98.9 million, $124.5 million and  $123.3 million, respectively. The Company has a foreign subsidiary
which receives a tax holiday that expires in 2020. The net benefit of this and other previous tax holidays was $0.1 million, $0.3 million and $0.7 million in 2019,
2018 and 2017, respectively.

In  the  normal  course  of  business,  the  Company  is  subject  to  examination  by  taxing  authorities  throughout  the  world.  The  Company  is  currently  under
examination or contesting proposed adjustments by various state and international tax authorities for fiscal years ranging from 2004 through 2018. It is reasonably
possible  that  there  could  be  a  significant  decrease  or  increase  to  the  unrecognized  tax  benefit  balance  during  the  course  of  the  next  twelve  months  as  these
examinations continue, other tax examinations commence or various statutes of limitations expire. While the Company does not currently expect material changes,
it is possible that the amount of unrecognized benefit with respect to the uncertain tax positions will significantly increase or decrease related to audits in various
foreign  jurisdictions  that  may  conclude  during  that  period  or  new  developments  that  could  also,  in  turn,  impact  the  Company's  assessment  relative  to  the
establishment  of  valuation  allowances  against  certain  existing  deferred  tax  assets.  An  estimate  of  the  range  of  possible  changes  cannot  be  made  for  remaining
unrecognized tax benefits because of the significant number of jurisdictions in which the Company does business and the number of open tax periods.

Note 14:

Retirement Benefit Plans

The Company has various defined benefit pension plans covering substantially all domestic employees employed as of June 30, 2005 and certain employees in
other countries. In addition to providing pension benefits, the Company provides certain post-retirement healthcare and life insurance benefits for selected U.S. and
Canadian employees. Employees may become eligible for these benefits if they reach normal retirement age while working for the Company or satisfy certain age
and  years  of  service  requirements.  The  medical  plans  are  contributory  for  most  retirees  with  contributions  adjusted  annually,  and  contain  other  cost-sharing
features, such as deductibles and coinsurance. The medical plans include an allowance for Medicare for post-65 age retirees. Most employees and retirees outside
the United States are covered by government healthcare programs.

70

 
 
Table of Contents

The Company uses its fiscal year end as the measurement date for its plans. The funded status of all of the Company's plans was as follows:

(In millions)
Change in benefit obligations:

Beginning balance

Service cost

Interest cost

Actuarial (gain) loss

Benefits paid

Impact of exchange rates

Plan participant contributions

Settlements/Curtailments (a)

Ending balance

Change in plan assets at fair value:

Beginning balance

Actual return on plan assets

Company contributions

Plan participant contributions

Benefits and expenses paid

Impact of exchange rates

Settlements

Ending balance

Funded status of plans

U.S. plans

Foreign plans

Pension benefits

Post-retirement benefits

Pension benefits

2019

2018

2019

2018

2019

2018

$

45.5   $

50.7   $

12.6   $

15.2   $

178.3   $

194.9

—  

1.6  

4.6  

(0.9)  

—  

—  

(11.8)  

—  

1.6  

(3.7)  

(0.8)  

—  

—  

(2.3)  

0.1  

0.5  

0.8  

(1.4)  

—  

—  

—  

0.1  

0.5  

(1.7)  

(1.4)  

(0.1)  

—  

—  

7.3  

4.4  

17.5  

(4.5)  

(1.2)  

1.0  

(10.1)  

39.0   $

45.5   $

12.6   $

12.6   $

192.7   $

24.4   $

29.0   $

—   $

—   $

81.9   $

6.4  

10.9  

—  

(1.3)  

—  

(11.8)  

(1.8)  

0.7  

—  

(1.2)  

—  

(2.3)  

—  

1.4  

—  

(1.4)  

—  

—  

—  

1.4  

—  

(1.4)  

—  

—  

5.8  

8.8  

1.0  

(4.5)  

(0.3)  

(10.1)  

28.6   $

24.4   $

—   $

—   $

82.6   $

8.4

3.8

(6.8)

(7.5)

(4.8)

0.9

(10.6)

178.3

87.7

(3.1)

11.2

0.9

(7.5)

(1.7)

(5.6)

81.9

(10.4)   $

(21.1)   $

(12.6)   $

(12.6)   $

(110.1)   $

(96.4)

$

$

$

$

(a)

Includes $5.0 million pension obligations replaced by severance obligations to be paid as part of the 2018 closure of the supply chain facility in France. See
Note 2 for discussion of re-engineering charges.

Amounts recognized in the balance sheet consisted of:

(In millions)
Accrued benefit liability

Accumulated other comprehensive loss (pretax)

December 28, 
2019

December 29, 
2018

$

(133.1)   $

49.8  

(130.1)

35.3

Items not yet recognized as a component of pension expense as of December 28, 2019 and December 29, 2018 consisted of:

(In millions)

Transition obligation

Prior service cost (benefit)

Net actuarial loss (gain)

 Accumulated other comprehensive loss (income) pretax

2019

2018

Pension 
Benefits

Post-retirement 
Benefits

Pension 
Benefits

Post-retirement 
Benefits

2.0   $

2.0  

50.3  

54.3   $

—   $

(3.4)

(1.1)

(4.5)

  $

2.4   $

2.1  

37.4  

41.9   $

—

(4.7)

(1.9)

(6.6)

$

$

71

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
   
   
   
   
 
   
   
   
   
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Table of Contents

Components of other comprehensive loss (income) for the years ended December 28, 2019 and December 29, 2018 consisted of the following:

(In millions)

Net prior service cost

Net actuarial loss (gain)

Impact of exchange rates

Other comprehensive loss (income)

2019

2018

Pension
Benefits

Post-retirement
Benefits

Pension
Benefits

Post-retirement
Benefits

$

$

(0.1)   $

12.9  

(0.4)  

12.4   $

1.3   $

0.8  

—  

2.1   $

0.9   $

(4.9)  

(0.4)  

(4.4)   $

1.3

(1.7)

—

(0.4)

In 2020, the Company expects to recognize a prior service benefit of $1.5 million and a net actuarial loss of $3.0 million as components of pension and post-

retirement expense.

The  accumulated  benefit  obligation  for  all  defined  benefit  pension  plans  at  December  28,  2019 and  December  29,  2018 was  $206.4 million and  $201.9
million, respectively. At December 28, 2019 and December 29, 2018, the accumulated benefit obligations of certain pension plans exceeded those respective plans'
assets. For those plans, the accumulated benefit obligations were $177.9 million and $199.9 million, and the fair value of their assets was $82.4 million and $104.2
million as of December 28, 2019 and December 29, 2018, respectively. At December 28, 2019 and December 29, 2018, the benefit obligations of the Company's
significant pension plans exceeded those respective plans' assets. The accrued benefit cost for the pension plans is reported in accrued liabilities and other long-
term liabilities.

The costs associated with all of the Company's plans were as follows:

(Dollars in millions)
Components of net periodic benefit cost:

Service cost and expenses

Interest cost

Return on plan assets

Settlement/Curtailment

Employee contributions

Net deferral

Net periodic benefit cost (income)

Weighted average assumptions:

U.S. plans

Discount rate, net periodic benefit cost

Discount rate, benefit obligations

Return on plan assets

Salary growth rate, net periodic benefit cost

Salary growth rate, benefit obligations

Foreign plans

Discount rate

Return on plan assets

Salary growth rate

____________________
na    Not applicable

Pension benefits

Post-retirement benefits

2019

2018

2017

2019

2018

2017

$

  $

7.3

6.0

(4.1)

0.7

(0.2)

0.3

8.4

5.4

(4.4)

1.3

(0.2)

0.8

  $

10.4

  $

5.6

(4.4)

1.0

(0.2)

2.0

  $

0.1

0.5

—  

—  

—  

  $

0.1

0.5

—  

—  

—  

(1.3)

(1.3)

$

10.0

  $

11.3

  $

14.4

  $

(0.7)

  $

(0.7)

  $

0.1

0.7

—

—

—

(1.3)

(0.5)

4.3%  

3.3%  

3.8%  

4.3%  

3.5%  

4.0%

3.3

7.0

—  

—  

4.0

7.0

—  

—  

3.3

7.3

—  

—  

1.9%  

2.6%  

2.2%  

2.6

2.8

3.0

2.8

3.1

2.7

3.3

na

na

na

na

na

na

4.2

na

na

na

na

na

na

3.5

na

na

na

na

na

na

72

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
   
   
   
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
   
   
   
   
 
   
   
   
   
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
   
   
   
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Table of Contents

The  Company  has  established  strategic  asset  allocation  percentage  targets  for  significant  asset  classes  with  the  aim  of  achieving  an  appropriate  balance
between risk and return. The Company periodically revises asset allocations, where appropriate, in an effort to improve return and/or manage risk. The expected
return on plan assets is determined based on the expected long-term rate of return on plan assets and the market-related value of plan assets. The market-related
value of plan assets is based on long-term expectations given current investment objectives and historical results. The expected rate of return assumption used by
the  Company to determine  the benefit  obligation  for  its  U.S. and  foreign  plans for  2019 was  7.0 percent and  2.6 percent, respectively, and 7.0 percent and  3.0
percent for 2018, respectively.

The Company determines the discount rate primarily by reference to rates on high-quality, long-term corporate and government bonds that mature in a pattern
similar to the expected payments to be made under the various plans. The weighted average discount rates used to determine the benefit obligation for its U.S. and
foreign plans for 2019 was 3.3 percent and 1.9 percent, respectively, and 4.0 percent and 2.6 percent for 2018, respectively.

The Company sponsors a number of pension plans in the United States and in certain foreign countries. There are separate investment strategies in the United
States and for each unit operating internationally that depend on the specific circumstances and objectives of the plans and/or to meet governmental requirements.
The  Company's  overall  strategic  investment  objectives  are  to  preserve  the  desired  funded  status  of  its  plans  and  to  balance  risk  and  return  through  a  wide
diversification  of  asset  types,  fund  strategies  and  investment  managers.  The  asset  allocation  depends  on  the  specific  strategic  objectives  for  each  plan  and  is
rebalanced to obtain the target asset mix if the percentages fall outside of the range considered acceptable. The investment policies are reviewed from time to time
to  ensure  consistency  with  long-term  objectives.  Options,  derivatives,  forward  and  futures  contracts,  short  positions,  or  margined  positions  may  be  held  in
reasonable amounts as deemed prudent. For plans that are tax-exempt, any transactions that would jeopardize this status are not allowed. Lending of securities is
permitted in some cases in which appropriate compensation can be realized. While the Company's plans do not invest directly in its own stock, it is possible that
the various plans' investments in mutual, commingled or indexed funds or insurance contracts (GIC's) may hold ownership of Company securities. The investment
objectives of each plan are more specifically outlined below.

The Company's weighted average asset allocations at December 28, 2019 and December 29, 2018, by asset category, were as follows:

Asset category

Equity securities

Fixed income securities

Cash and money market investments

Guaranteed contracts

Other

Total

2019

2018

U.S. plans

Foreign plans

U.S. plans

Foreign plans

64%  

36

—  

—  

—  

100%  

73

29%  

18

6

45

2

100%  

61%  

39

—  

—  

—  

100%  

25%

17

7

50

1

100%

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Table of Contents

The fair value of the Company's pension plan assets at December 28, 2019 by asset category was as follows:

Description of assets (in millions)
Domestic plans:

December 28, 
2019

Quoted Prices in
Active Markets for
Identical Assets
(Level 1)

Significant Other
Observable Inputs
(Level 2)

Significant
Unobservable Inputs
(Level 3)

Common/collective trust (a)

$

28.7   $

—   $

28.7   $

Foreign plans:

Australia

Investment fund (b)

Switzerland

Guaranteed insurance contract (c)

Germany

Belgium

Austria

Korea

Japan

Guaranteed insurance contract (c)

Mutual fund (d)

Guaranteed insurance contract (c)

Guaranteed insurance contract (c)

Common/collective trust (e)

Philippines

Fixed income securities (f)

Equity fund (f)

2.1  

28.3  

5.4  

26.7  

0.3  

3.7  

12.6  

1.4  

2.1  

—  

—  

—  

26.7  

—  

—  

—  

1.4  

2.1  

Total

$

111.3   $

30.2   $

The fair value of the Company's pension plan assets at December 29, 2018 by asset category was as follows:

2.1  

—  

—  

—  

—  

—  

12.6  

—  

—  

43.4   $

—

—

28.3

5.4

—

0.3

3.7

—

—

—

37.7

Description of assets (in millions)
Domestic plans:

December 29, 
2018

Quoted Prices in
Active Markets for
Identical Assets
(Level 1)

Significant Other
Observable Inputs
(Level 2)

Significant
Unobservable Inputs
(Level 3)

Common/collective trust (a)

$

24.4   $

—   $

24.4   $

Foreign plans:

Australia

Investment fund (b)

Switzerland

Guaranteed insurance contract (c)

Germany

Belgium

Austria

Korea

Japan

Guaranteed insurance contract (c)

Mutual funds (d)

Guaranteed insurance contract (c)

Guaranteed insurance contract (c)

Common/collective trust (e)

Philippines

Fixed income securities (f)

Equity fund (f)

Total
____________________
(a)

2.1  

32.0  

5.5  

23.4  

0.4  

4.1  

11.2  

1.4  

1.8  

—  

—  

—  

23.4  

—  

—  

—  

1.4  

1.8  

$

106.3   $

26.6   $

2.1  

—  

—  

—  

—  

—  

11.2  

—  

—  

37.7   $

—

—

32.0

5.5

—

0.4

4.1

—

—

—

42.0

The investment strategy of the U.S. pension plan for each period presented was to achieve a return greater than or equal to the return that would have been
earned by a portfolio invested approximately 60 percent in equity securities and 40 percent in fixed income securities. As of the years ended December 28,
2019 and  December 29, 2018, the common trusts held 64 percent and  61 percent of its assets in equity securities and  36 percent and  39 percent in fixed
income  securities,  respectively.  The  percentage  of  funds  invested  in  equity  securities  at  the  end  of  2019 and  2018, included: ten percent in international
stocks in each year, 33 percent and 31 percent in large U.S. stocks and 21 percent and 20 percent in small U.S. stocks, respectively. The common trusts are
comprised  of  shares  or  units  in  commingled  funds  that  are  not  publicly  traded.  The  underlying  assets  in  these  funds  (equity  securities  and  fixed  income
securities) are valued using quoted market prices.

74

 
 
 
 
   
   
   
 
 
   
   
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
   
   
 
 
   
   
   
 
 
Table of Contents

The strategy of this fund was to achieve a 10-year long-term net return of at least 3.5 percent, above inflation based on the Australian consumer price index.
The investment strategy is to invest mainly in equities and property, which are expected to earn relatively higher returns over the long term. The fair value of
the fund is determined using the net asset value per share using quoted market prices or other observable inputs in active markets. As of December 28, 2019
and December  29,  2018,  the  percentage  of  funds  held  in  investments  included:  Australian  equities  of  13 percent and  14 percent,  other  equities  of  listed
companies outside of Australia of 49 percent and 42 percent, government and corporate bonds of 19 percent and 21 percent and cash of 12 percent and 15
percent and real estate of seven percent and eight percent, respectively.
The strategy of the Company's plans in Austria, Germany, Korea and Switzerland was to seek to ensure the future benefit payments of their participants and
manage  market  risk.  This  is  achieved  by  funding  the  pension  obligations  through  guaranteed  insurance  contracts.  The  plan  assets  operate  similar  to
investment  contracts  whereby  the  interest  rate,  as  well  as  the  surrender  value,  is  guaranteed.  The  fair  value  is  determined  as  the  contract  value,  using  a
guaranteed rate of return which will increase if the market performance exceeds that return.
The strategy of the Belgian plan in each period presented was to seek to achieve a return greater than or equal to the return that would have been earned by a
portfolio invested approximately 62 percent in equity securities,  37 percent in fixed income securities and  one percent cash. The fair value of the fund is
calculated  using  the  net  asset  value  per  share  as  determined  by  the  quoted  market  prices  of  the  underlying  investments.  As  of  December  28,  2019 and
December 29, 2018, the percentage of funds held in various asset classes included: large-cap equities of European companies of 25 percent and 22 percent,
small-cap  equities  of  European  companies  of  18 percent and  16 percent,  and  money  market  fund  of  14 percent and  21 percent,  bonds,  primarily  from
European and U.S. governments, of 31 percent and 29 percent, respectively, and equities outside of Europe, mainly in the U.S. and emerging markets, 12
percent each year.
The Company's strategy was to invest approximately 50 percent of assets to benefit from the higher expected returns from long-term investments in equities
and to invest 50 percent of assets in short-term low investment risk instruments to fund near term benefits payments. The target allocation for plan assets to
implement this strategy is 51 percent equities in Japanese listed securities,  seven percent in equities outside of Japan,  four percent in cash and other short-
term investments and 38 percent in domestic Japanese bonds. This strategy has been achieved through a collective trust that held 100 percent of total funded
assets as of December 28, 2019 and December 29, 2018. As of the end of December 28, 2019 and December 29, 2018, the allocation of funds within the
common collective  trust included: 50 percent and  47 percent in Japanese equities,  38 percent and  42 percent in Japanese bonds,  eight percent and  seven
percent in equities of companies based outside of Japan, respectively, and four percent in cash and other short-term investments in each year. The fair value
of the collective trust is determined by the market value of the underlying shares, which are traded in active markets.
In  both  years,  the  investment  strategy  in  the  Philippines  was  to  achieve  an  appropriate  balance  between  risk  and  return,  from  a  diversified  portfolio  of
Philippine peso denominated bonds and equities. The target asset class allocations is 57 percent in equity securities, 38 percent fixed income securities and
five percent in cash and deposits. The fixed income securities at year end included assets valued using a weighted average of completed deals on similarly
termed government securities, as well as balances invested in short-term deposit accounts. The equity index fund was valued at the closing price of the active
market in which it was traded.

The following table presents a reconciliation of the beginning and ending balances of the fair value measurements using significant unobservable inputs (Level

(b)

(c)

(d)

(e)

(f)

3):

(In millions)
Beginning balance

Realized gains

Purchases, sales and settlements, net

Impact of exchange rates

Ending balance

Year Ending

December 28, 
2019

December 29, 
2018

$

$

42.0

  $

0.7

(5.1)

0.1

37.7

  $

42.9

0.1

(0.5)

(0.5)

42.0

75

 
 
 
 
 
Table of Contents

The Company expects to contribute $11.3 million to its U.S. and foreign pension plans and $1.3 million to its other U.S. post-retirement benefit plan in 2020.

The  Company  also  has  several  savings,  thrift  and  profit-sharing  plans.  Its  contributions  to  these  plans  are  in  part  based  upon  various  levels  of  employee

participation. The total cost of these plans was $6.7 million in 2019 and $6.5 million each year of 2018 and 2017.

The following benefit payments, which reflect expected future service, as appropriate, are expected to be paid from the Company's U.S. and foreign plans (in

millions):

Years
2020

2021

2022

2023

2024

2025-2029

Pension benefits

Post-retirement
benefits

Total

$16.0  

11.4  

12.6  

12.6  

12.7  

64.6  

$1.3  

1.2  

1.1  

1.1  

1.0  

3.9  

$17.3

12.6

13.7

13.7

13.7

68.5

In  addition  to  the  Company's  health  and  insurance  benefits,  the  Company  also  offers  select  employees  a  deferred  compensation  plan.  The  Tupperware
Deferred Compensation Plan is an unfunded, non-tax-qualified supplemental deferred compensation plan for highly compensated and key management employees
and  for  directors  that  allows  participants  to  defer  a  portion  of  their  compensation.  The  Company  utilizes  a  rabbi  trust  to  hold  assets  intended  to  satisfy  the
Company's obligations under the deferred compensation plan. The trust restricts the Company's use and access to the assets held but is subject to the claims of the
Company's  general  creditors.  The  Tupperware  Deferred  Compensation  Plan  offers  a  variety  of  investment  options  and  is  accounted  for  as  a  plan  that  permits
diversification but does not include Company stock as an investment option. All distributions from the Tupperware Deferred Compensation Plan must be made in
cash  and  changes  in  the  fair  value  of  the  assets  are  recognized  in  earnings.  The  deferred  compensation  obligation  is  adjusted,  with  a  charge  or  a  credit  to
compensation  cost,  to  reflect  changes  in  the  fair  value  of  the  obligation.  The  assets  and  liabilities  are  included  in  Other  assets,  net  and  Other  liabilities  of  the
Consolidated Balance Sheets. As of December 28, 2019 and December 29, 2018, the fair value of the investments held in trust and the related liability was $12.1
million and $16.7 million, respectively. All assets held in the trust are Level 1 Fidelity mutual funds and the fair value of the funds are calculated using the net
asset value per share as determined by the quoted market prices of the underlying investments. Changes in the fair value of the assets held in the rabbi trust are
recorded through compensation expense included in DS&A and investment gains/losses in Other (income) expense within the Consolidated Statements of Income.
During  2019,  2018  and  2017,  the  change  in  fair  value  of  the  underlying  assets  was  an  increase of  $3.3 million, decrease of  $1.1 million and  increase of  $2.3
million, respectively.

Note 15:

Incentive Compensation Plans

On May 22, 2019, the shareholders of the Company approved the adoption of the Tupperware Brands Corporation 2019 Incentive Plan (the “2019 Incentive
Plan”). The 2019 Incentive Plan provides for the issuance of cash and stock-based incentive awards to employees, directors and certain non-employee participants.
Stock-based awards may be in the form of stock options, restricted stock, restricted stock units, performance vesting and market vesting awards. Under the plan,
awards  that  are  canceled  or  expire  are  added  back  to  the  pool  of  available  shares.  When  the  2019  Incentive  Plan  was  approved,  the  number  of  shares  of  the
Company's common stock  available  for  stock-based  awards  under the plan totaled  850,000, plus remaining shares available  for issuance under the Tupperware
Brands Corporation 2016 Incentive Plan, the Tupperware Brands Corporation 2010 Incentive Plan and the Tupperware Brands Corporation Director Stock Plan.
Shares  may  no  longer  be  granted  under  the  plans  adopted  before  2019.  The  total  number  of  shares  available  for  grant  under  the  2019  Incentive  Plan  as  of
December 28, 2019 was 2,975,253.

Under the 2019 Incentive Plan, non-employee directors receive approximately 60 percent of their annual retainers in the form of stock and may elect to receive

the balance of their annual retainers in the form of stock or cash.

76

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Table of Contents

Stock Options

Stock  options  to  purchase  the  Company's  common  stock  are  granted  to  employees  and  directors,  upon  approval  by  the  Compensation  and  Management
Development  Committee  of  the  Board  of  Directors,  with  an  exercise  price  equal  to  the  fair  market  value  of  the  stock  on  the  date  of  grant.  Options  generally
become exercisable in three years, in equal installments beginning one year from the date of grant, and generally expire 10 years from the date of grant. The fair
value  of  the  Company's  stock  options  is  estimated  on  the  date  of  grant  using  the  Black-Scholes  option-pricing  model  with  the  following  weighted  average
assumptions used in the last three years:

Dividend yield

Expected volatility

Risk-free interest rate

Expected life

2019
na

na

na

na

2018

2017

5.7%  

29%  

3.1%  

4.4%

29%

2.2%

7 years

7 years

____________________
na    Not applicable. During 2019, there were no stock options granted.

Stock option activity for 2019, under all of the Company's incentive plans, is summarized in the following table:

Outstanding at December 29, 2018

Expired/Forfeited

Outstanding at December 28, 2019

Exercisable at December 28, 2019

Shares subject
to option

Weighted
average exercise
price per share

Aggregate Intrinsic
Value (in millions)

3,630,684  

(289,945)  

3,340,739  

2,913,631  

$55.66    

48.48    

$56.28  

$57.81  

$—

$—

The intrinsic value of options exercised during 2018 and 2017 totaled $0.4 million and $6.2 million, respectively, and there were no stock options exercised
during 2019. The average remaining contractual life on outstanding and exercisable options was 4.8 and 4.4, respectively, at the end of 2019. The weighted average
estimated grant-date fair value of 2018 and 2017 option grants was $6.01 and $10.48 per share, respectively.

Performance Awards, Restricted Stock and Restricted Stock Units

The  Company  also  grants  restricted  stock,  restricted  stock  units,  performance-vested  awards  and  market-vested  awards  to  employees  and  directors,  which

typically have initial vesting periods ranging from one year to three years.

The  incentive  program  for  the  performance  and  market-vested  awards  are  based  upon  a  target  number  of  share  units,  although  the  actual  number  of
performance  and  market-vested  shares  ultimately  earned  can  vary  from  zero to  150  percent of  target  depending  on  the  Company's  achievement  under  the
performance criteria of the grants. The payouts, if earned, are settled in Tupperware common stock after the end of the three years performance period.

The Company's performance-vested awards provide incentive opportunity based on the overall success of the Company over a three years performance period,

as reflected through a measure of diluted earnings per share.

The Company's market-vested awards provide incentive opportunity based on the relative total shareholder return ("rTSR") of the Company's common stock
against a group of companies composed of the S&P 400 Mid-cap Consumer Discretionary Index and the Company's Compensation Peer Group (collectively, the
"Comparative Group") over a three years performance period. The fair value per share of rTSR grants in  2019, 2018 and  2017 was  $27.12, $63.48 and  $61.29,
respectively. The fair value was determined using a Monte-Carlo simulation, which estimated the fair value based on the Company's share price activity between
the beginning of the year and the grant date relative to the Comparative Group, expected term of the award, risk-free interest rate, expected dividends, and the
expected volatility of the stock of the Company and that of the Comparative Group.

In 2019, as a result of the Company's performance, the estimated number of shares expected to vest decreased by  68,761 shares for the  three performance

share plans running during 2019.

77

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Table of Contents

Restricted  stock,  restricted  stock  units,  performance-vested  and  market-vested  share  award  activity  for  2019 under  all  of  the  Company's  incentive  plans  is

summarized in the following table:

Outstanding at December 29, 2018

Time-vested shares granted

Market-vested shares granted

Performance shares granted

Performance share adjustments

Vested

Forfeited

Outstanding at December 28, 2019

Non-vested Shares
outstanding

684,184  

271,528  

42,365  

111,536  

(68,761)  

(289,487)  

(223,076)  

528,289  

Weighted average
grant date per share fair value
$47.68

14.55

27.12

30.90

40.74

48.67

40.58

$28.82

The vesting date fair value of restricted stock, restricted stock units and performance-vested awards that vested in 2019, 2018 and 2017 was $5.2 million, $8.5
million and $12.8 million, respectively. The weighted average grant-date fair value per share of these types of awards in 2019, 2018 and 2017 was $29.86, $42.26
and $60.32, respectively.

For  awards  that  are  paid  in  cash,  compensation  expense  is  remeasured  each  reporting  period  based  on  the  market  value  of  the  shares  outstanding  and  is
included as a liability on the Consolidated Balance Sheets. Shares outstanding under cash settled awards totaled 10,449, 21,391 and 17,525 shares as of the end of
2019, 2018 and  2017, respectively. These outstanding cash settled awards had a fair value of $0.1 million, $0.7 million and  $1.1 million as of the end of  2019,
2018 and 2017, respectively.

Compensation expense associated with all stock-based compensation was $10.4 million, $14.5 million and $22.6 million in 2019, 2018 and 2017, respectively.
The estimated tax benefit associated with this compensation expense was $2.4 million, $3.2 million and $8.1 million in 2019, 2018 and 2017, respectively. As of
December 28, 2019, total unrecognized stock-based compensation expense related to all stock-based awards was $11.1 million, which is expected to be recognized
over a weighted average period of 15 months.

Expense related to earned cash performance awards of $1.0 million, $3.1 million and $11.0 million was included in the Consolidated Statements of Income for

2019, 2018 and 2017, respectively.

The  Company's  Board  of  Directors  has  authorized  up  to  $2.0 billion of  open  market  share  repurchases  under  a  program  that  began  in  2007,  expired  on
February  1,  2020  and  was  not  extended.  Under  this  program,  the  Company  repurchased  2.6  million shares  for  $100.2  million in  2018.  There  were  no share
repurchases under this program in 2019 and 2017. Since inception of the program in May 2007, and through December 29, 2018, the Company has repurchased
23.8 million shares at an aggregate cost of $1.39 billion.

78

 
 
Table of Contents

Note 16:

Segment Information

The  Company  manufactures  and  distributes  a  broad  portfolio  of  products,  primarily  through  independent  direct  sales  force  members.  Certain  operating
segments  have  been  aggregated  based  upon  consistency  of  economic  substance,  geography,  products,  production  process,  class  of  customers  and  distribution
method.

The  Company's  reportable  segments  primarily  sell  design-centric  preparation,  storage  and  serving  solutions  for  the  kitchen  and  home  through  the
Tupperware® brand. Europe also includes Avroy Shlain® in South Africa and Nutrimetics® in France, which sell beauty and personal care products. Some units
in  Asia  Pacific  also  sell  beauty  and  personal  care  products  under  the  NaturCare®,  Nutrimetics®  and  Fuller®  brands.  North  America  also  includes  the  Fuller
Mexico beauty and personal care products business and sells products under the Fuller Cosmetics® brand in that unit and in Central America. South America also
sells beauty products under the Fuller®, Nutrimetics® and Nuvo® brands.

Worldwide sales of beauty and personal care products totaled $247.7 million, $291.7 million and $331.7 million in 2019, 2018 and 2017, respectively.

(In millions)
Net sales:

Europe

Asia Pacific

North America

South America

Total net sales

Segment profit:

Europe

Asia Pacific

North America

South America

Total segment profit

Unallocated expenses

Re-engineering and impairment charges (a)

Impairment of goodwill and intangibles (b)

Gains on disposal of assets (c)

Interest expense, net

Income before taxes

2019

2018

2017

475.2   $

525.6   $

590.5  

453.5  

278.7  

682.0  

515.1  

347.0  

550.4

734.8

541.5

429.1

1,797.9   $

2,069.7   $

2,255.8

38.0   $

46.3   $

124.3  

40.2  

43.8  

246.3   $

(41.8)   $

(34.7)  

(40.0)  

12.9  

(39.3)  

172.5  

76.3  

68.3  

363.4   $

(46.3)   $

(15.9)  

—  

18.7  

(43.7)  

103.4   $

276.2   $

54.5

189.3

69.7

98.7

412.2

(64.1)

(66.0)

(62.9)

9.1

(43.2)

185.1

$

$

$

$

$

$

79

 
 
 
   
   
 
   
   
Table of Contents

(In millions)
Depreciation and amortization:

Europe

Asia Pacific

North America

South America

Corporate

Total depreciation and amortization

Capital expenditures:

Europe

Asia Pacific

North America

South America

Corporate

Total capital expenditures

Identifiable assets:

Europe

Asia Pacific

North America

South America

Corporate

Total identifiable assets
____________________
(a) See Note 2 for discussion of re-engineering and impairment charges.

(b) See Note 7 for discussion of goodwill impairment charges.

2019

2018

2017

14.4   $

16.3   $

14.5  

11.5  

5.5  

9.3  

14.7  

11.8  

5.6  

9.8  

55.2   $

58.2   $

16.5   $

22.3   $

7.3  

15.0  

5.5  

16.7  

10.1  

13.3  

3.9  

25.8  

61.0   $

75.4   $

269.7   $

291.0   $

300.3  

235.9  

125.2  

331.3  

281.2  

250.9  

125.0  

360.7  

16.7

14.9

12.3

5.9

10.7

60.5

18.7

10.7

15.9

12.1

14.9

72.3

308.5

297.2

266.3

138.6

377.4

1,262.4   $

1,308.8   $

1,388.0

$

$

$

$

$

$

(c) Gains on disposal of assets in 2019, 2018 and 2017 include $8.8 million, $7.1 million and $8.8 million from transactions related to land near the Orlando, FL
headquarters. Included in 2019 was a $5.8 million gain from the sale of the French marketing  office  and included  in 2018 was a  $9.5 million gain from a
transaction associated with a distribution facility in Japan, and $2.1 million from the Beauticontrol headquarters in Texas.

Sales and segment profit in the preceding table are from transactions with customers, with inter-segment transactions eliminated. Sales generated by product
line, except beauty and personal care, as opposed to Tupperware®, are not captured in the financial statements, and disclosure of the information is impractical.
Sales to a single customer did not exceed 10 percent of total sales in any segment. In 2019, 2018 and 2017 sales of Tupperware® and beauty products to customers
in Mexico were $261.7 million, $285.8 million and  $279.7 million, respectively, while sales in Brazil were $208.5 million, $265.4 million and  $316.3 million,
respectively, and sales in China were $216.2 million, $247.4 million and  $216.0 million, respectively.  There  was no other foreign  country  in which sales  were
individually material to the Company's total sales. Sales of Tupperware® and beauty products to customers in the United States were $132.7 million, $163.2 million
and $191.8 million in 2019, 2018 and 2017, respectively. Unallocated expenses are corporate expenses and other items not directly related to the operations of any
particular segment.

Corporate assets consist of cash and buildings and assets maintained for general corporate purposes. As of the end of 2019, 2018 and 2017, long-lived assets in

the United States were $108.6 million, $108.7 million and $91.6 million, respectively.

As  of  December  28,  2019 and  December  29,  2018,  the  Company's  net  investment  in  international  operations  was  $474.2  million and  $479.1  million,
respectively. The Company is subject to the usual economic, business and political risks associated with international operations; however, these risks are partially
mitigated by the broad geographic dispersion of the Company's operations.

80

 
 
 
   
   
 
   
   
 
   
   
Table of Contents

Note 17:

Commitments and Contingencies

The  Company  and  certain  subsidiaries  are  involved  in  litigation  and  various  legal  matters  that  are  being  defended  and  handled  in  the  ordinary  course  of
business. Included among these matters are environmental issues. The Company does not include estimated future legal costs in accruals recorded related to these
matters. The Company believes that it is remote that the Company's contingencies will have a material adverse effect on its financial position, results of operations
or cash flow.

Kraft  Foods,  Inc.,  which  was  formerly  affiliated  with  Premark  International,  Inc.,  the  Company's  former  parent,  has  assumed  any  liabilities  arising  out  of

certain divested or discontinued businesses. The liabilities assumed include matters alleging product liability, environmental liability and infringement of patents.

Leases. Rental expense for operating leases and approximate minimum rental commitments under non-cancelable operating leases in effect at  December 28,
2019 are disclosed in  Note 5 to the Consolidated Financial Statements. Leases including the minimum rental commitments for  2020 and 2021, primarily are for
automobiles,  that  generally  have  a  lease  term  of  one year to  four years with  the  remaining  leases  related  to  office,  manufacturing  and  distribution  space.  It  is
common for lease agreements to contain various provisions for items such as step rent or other escalation clauses and lease concessions, which may offer a period
of no rent payment. These types of items are considered by the Company, and are recorded into expense on a straight-line basis over the minimum lease terms.
There are no material lease agreements containing renewal options. Certain leases require the Company to pay property taxes, insurance and routine maintenance.

Note 18:

Allowance for Long-Term Receivables

As of December 28, 2019, $13.9 million of long-term receivables from both active and inactive customers were considered past due, the majority of which

were reserved through the Company's allowance for uncollectible accounts.

The balance of the allowance for long-term receivables as of December 28, 2019 was as follows:

(In millions)
Balance at December 29, 2018

Write-offs

Provision (a)

Recoveries

Currency translation adjustment

Balance at December 28, 2019
____________________

(a)    Provision includes $2.3 million of reclassifications from current receivables.

81

$

$

16.0

(6.8)

4.6

0.4

(0.3)

13.9

 
Table of Contents

Note 19:

Guarantor Information

The  Company's  payment  obligations  under  the  Senior  Notes  are  fully  and  unconditionally  guaranteed,  on  a  senior  secured  basis,  by  the  Guarantor.  The
guarantee  is  secured  by  certain  "Tupperware"  trademarks  and  service  marks  owned  by  the  Guarantor,  as  discussed  in  Note  8 to  the  Consolidated  Financial
Statements. In addition, under the Credit Agreement and consistent with the Old Credit Agreement, the Guarantor unconditionally guarantees all obligations and
liabilities  of  the  Company  and  the  Subsidiary  Borrowers  relating  to  the  Credit  Agreement,  supported  by  a  security  interest  in  those  certain  "Tupperware"
trademarks and service marks as well.

Condensed consolidated financial information as of December 28, 2019 and December 29, 2018 and for the years ended  December 28, 2019, December 29,
2018 and December 30, 2017 for Tupperware Brands Corporation (the "Parent"), Guarantor and all other subsidiaries (the "Non-Guarantors") is as follows. Each
entity in the consolidating financial information follows the same accounting policies as described in the consolidated financial statements, except for the use by
the Parent and Guarantor of the equity method of accounting to reflect ownership interests in subsidiaries that are eliminated upon consolidation. The Guarantor is
100% owned  by  the  Parent,  and  there  are  certain  entities  within  the  Non-Guarantors’  classification  which  the  Parent  owns  directly.  There  are  no  significant
restrictions on the ability of either the Parent or the Guarantor from obtaining adequate funds from their respective subsidiaries by dividend or loan that should
interfere with their ability to meet their operating needs or debt repayment obligations.

Consolidating Statement of Income

(In millions)
Net sales

Other revenue

Cost of products sold

Gross margin

Delivery, sales and administrative expense

Re-engineering and impairment charges

Impairment of goodwill and intangible assets

Gain on disposal of assets

Operating (loss) income

Interest income

Interest expense

Income from equity investments in subsidiaries

Other income

(Loss) income before income taxes

(Benefit) provision for income taxes

Net income

Comprehensive (loss) income

Parent

Guarantor

Non-Guarantors

Eliminations

Total

Year ended December 28, 2019

$

—   $

—  

—  

—  

10.9  

—  

—  

—  

(10.9)  

19.9  

39.3  

25.3  

(2.0)  

(3.0)  

—   $

107.0  

9.0  

98.0  

83.2  

1.5  

—  

—  

13.3  

2.2  

48.3  

29.2  

(2.3)  

(1.3)  

(15.4)  

12.4   $

(18.8)   $

$

$

(15.5)  

14.2   $

(18.2)   $

82

1,803.9   $

(6.0)

  $

1,797.9

8.9  

721.0  

1,091.8  

908.0  

33.2  

40.0  

12.9  

123.5  

36.4  

10.2  

—  

(12.5)  

162.2  

121.9  

(115.9)

(119.2)

(2.7)

(2.7)

—  

—  

—  

—  

(56.3)

(56.3)

(54.5)

—  

(54.5)

—  

40.3   $

33.0   $

(54.5)

(14.8)

  $

  $

—

610.8

1,187.1

999.4

34.7

40.0

12.9

125.9

2.2

41.5

—

(16.8)

103.4

91.0

12.4

(18.8)

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Table of Contents

Consolidating Statement of Income

(In millions)
Net sales

Other revenue

Cost of products sold

Gross margin

Delivery, sales and administrative expense

Re-engineering and impairment charges

Gain on disposal of assets

Operating (loss) income

Interest income

Interest expense

Income from equity investments in subsidiaries

Other (income) expense

Income before income taxes

(Benefit) provision for income taxes

Net income

Comprehensive income

Consolidating Statement of Income

(In millions)
Net sales

Other revenue

Cost of products sold

Gross margin

Delivery, sales and administrative expense

Re-engineering and impairment charges

Impairment of goodwill and intangible assets

Gain on disposal of assets

Operating (loss) income

Interest income

Interest expense

(Loss) income from equity investments in subsidiaries

Other expense (income)

(Loss) income before income taxes

(Benefit) provision for income taxes

Net (loss) income

Comprehensive (loss) income

Parent

Guarantor

Non-Guarantors

Eliminations

Total

Year ended December 29, 2018

$

—   $

—  

—  

—  

15.5  

—  

—  

(15.5)  

20.6  

38.2  

179.2  

(1.5)  

147.6  

(8.3)  

$

$

155.9   $

107.4   $

—   $

111.8  

15.3  

96.5  

71.4  

2.0  

—  

23.1  

1.9  

62.7  

227.2  

2.2  

187.3  

22.0  

165.3   $

117.9   $

2,076.1   $

(6.4)   $

2,069.7

15.2  

808.4  

1,282.9  

975.5  

13.9  

18.7  

312.2  

43.2  

8.5  

—  

(0.8)  

347.7  

106.6  

(127.0)  

(131.5)  

(1.9)  

(1.9)  

—  

—  

—  

(62.9)  

(62.9)  

(406.4)  

—  

(406.4)  

—  

241.1   $

169.6   $

(406.4)   $

(287.5)   $

—

692.2

1,377.5

1,060.5

15.9

18.7

319.8

2.8

46.5

—

(0.1)

276.2

120.3

155.9

107.4

Year ended December 30, 2017

Parent

Guarantor

Non-Guarantors

Eliminations

Total

$

—   $

—   $

2,263.3   $

(7.5)   $

2,255.8

—  

—  

—  

20.5  

—  

—  

—  

(20.5)  

20.4  

37.4  

(231.8)  

0.3  

(269.6)  

(4.2)  

132.2  

30.6  

101.6  

85.9  

2.3  

—  

—  

13.4  

1.9  

59.6  

17.4  

6.8  

(33.7)  

198.9  

30.7  

875.0  

1,419.0  

1,061.9  

63.7  

62.9  

9.1  

239.6  

39.6  

8.1  

—  

(2.9)  

274.0  

255.8  

(162.9)  

(161.3)  

(9.1)  

(9.1)  

—  

—  

—  

—  

(59.0)  

(59.0)  

214.4  

—  

214.4  

—  

$

$

(265.4)   $

(232.6)   $

(223.3)   $

(182.6)   $

18.2   $

65.7   $

214.4   $

116.9   $

—

744.3

1,511.5

1,159.2

66.0

62.9

9.1

232.5

2.9

46.1

—

4.2

185.1

450.5

(265.4)

(223.3)

83

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Table of Contents

Condensed Consolidating Balance Sheet

(In millions)
ASSETS

Cash and cash equivalents

Accounts receivable, net

Inventories

Non-trade amounts receivable, net

Intercompany receivables

Prepaid expenses and other current assets

Total current assets

Deferred income tax benefits, net

Operating lease assets

Property, plant and equipment, net

Long-term receivables, net

Trademarks and tradenames, net

Goodwill

Investments in subsidiaries

Intercompany notes receivable

Other assets, net

Total assets

LIABILITIES AND SHAREHOLDERS' EQUITY

Accounts payable

Short-term borrowings and current portion of long-term debt and finance

lease obligations

Intercompany payables

Accrued liabilities

Total current liabilities

Long-term debt and finance lease obligations

Intercompany notes payable

Operating lease liabilities

Other liabilities

Shareholders' (deficit) equity

Parent

  Guarantor

Non-Guarantors

Eliminations

Total

December 28, 2019

$

—   $

0.3   $

122.9   $

—  

—  

—  

—  

—  

166.2  

325.9  

1,546.3  

1.2  

327.1  

41.7  

—  

—  

—  

—  

—  

16.0  

1,728.8  

42.2  

4.7  

85.7  

0.1  

—  

2.9  

1,305.2  

1,208.8  

514.8  

1.9  

95.7  

12.7  

110.7  

245.2  

84.9  

209.9  

41.1  

814.7  

105.6  

79.4  

181.8  

14.9  

24.6  

56.6  

—  

1,046.1  

150.0  

—   $

—  

—  

(212.0)  

(2,082.1)  

(38.0)  

(2,332.1)  

(3.4)  

—  

—  

—  

—  

—  

(2,514.0)  

(1,656.6)  

(77.5)  

123.2

110.7

245.2

39.1

—

20.3

538.5

186.1

84.1

267.5

15.0

24.6

59.5

—

—

87.1

$

$

2,190.7   $

3,181.6   $

2,473.7   $

(6,583.6)   $

1,262.4

—   $

8.3   $

117.1   $

—   $

125.4

186.8  

1,440.8  

239.1  

1,866.7  

599.8  

—  

—  

1.2  

—  

406.2  

65.6  

480.1  

—  

1,362.2  

4.0  

110.7  

86.4  

235.1  

235.6  

674.2  

2.4  

294.4  

52.0  

161.3  

—  

(2,082.1)  

(250.0)  

(2,332.1)  

—  

(1,656.6)  

—  

(80.9)  

(277.0)  

1,224.6  

1,289.4  

(2,514.0)  

273.2

—

290.3

688.9

602.2

—

56.0

192.3

(277.0)

Total liabilities and shareholders' equity

$

2,190.7   $

3,181.6   $

2,473.7   $

(6,583.6)   $

1,262.4

84

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
   
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Table of Contents

Condensed Consolidating Balance Sheet

(In millions)
ASSETS

Cash and cash equivalents

Accounts receivable, net

Inventories

Non-trade amounts receivable, net

Intercompany receivables

Prepaid expenses and other current assets

Total current assets

Deferred income tax benefits, net

Property, plant and equipment, net

Long-term receivables, net

Trademarks and tradenames, net

Goodwill

Investment in subsidiaries

Intercompany notes receivable

Other assets, net

Total assets

LIABILITIES AND SHAREHOLDERS' EQUITY

Accounts payable

Short-term borrowings and current portion of long-term debt and capital

lease obligations

Intercompany payables

Accrued liabilities

Total current liabilities

Long-term debt and capital lease obligations

Intercompany notes payable

Other liabilities

Shareholders' (deficit) equity

Parent

  Guarantor

Non-Guarantors

Eliminations

Total

December 29, 2018

$

—   $

0.3   $

148.7   $

—  

—  

—  

—  

—  

169.0  

309.2  

1,430.1  

1.1  

310.3  

41.7  

—  

—  

—  

—  

3.7  

1,603.1  

42.2  

71.3  

0.1  

—  

2.9  

1,305.3  

1,346.8  

515.3  

0.3  

95.4  

0.5  

144.7  

257.7  

71.0  

230.5  

48.2  

900.8  

133.1  

204.7  

18.6  

52.9  

73.2  

—  

1,069.4  

75.3  

—   $

—  

—  

(190.1)  

(1,969.8)  

(33.7)  

(2,193.6)  

—  

—  

—  

—  

—  

(2,652.1)  

(1,680.1)  

(28.6)  

149.0

144.7

257.7

49.9

—

19.3

620.6

217.0

276.0

18.7

52.9

76.1

—

—

47.5

$

$

2,172.9   $

3,162.3   $

2,528.0   $

(6,554.4)   $

1,308.8

—   $

5.7   $

123.5   $

—   $

129.2

189.4  

1,330.9  

278.6  

1,798.9  

599.7  

—  

436.3  

69.2  

511.2  

—  

6.6  

2.9  

1,366.7  

48.1  

96.1  

202.6  

220.4  

642.6  

3.7  

306.8  

159.1  

—  

(1,969.8)  

(223.8)  

(2,193.6)  

—  

(1,680.1)  

(28.6)  

(235.2)  

1,236.3  

1,415.8  

(2,652.1)  

285.5

—

344.4

759.1

603.4

—

181.5

(235.2)

Total liabilities and shareholders' equity

$

2,172.9   $

3,162.3   $

2,528.0   $

(6,554.4)   $

1,308.8

85

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
   
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Table of Contents

Condensed Consolidating Statement of Cash Flows

(In millions)
Operating Activities:

Parent

Guarantor

Non-Guarantors

Eliminations

Total

Year ended December 28, 2019

Net cash (used in) provided by operating activities

$

(26.3)   $

150.7   $

187.9   $

(224.9)   $

87.4

Investing Activities:

Capital expenditures

Proceeds from disposal of property, plant and equipment

Net intercompany loans

Net cash (used in) provided by investing activities

Financing Activities:

Dividend payments to shareholders

Dividend payments to parent

Repurchase of common stock

Repayment of long-term debt and finance lease obligations

Net change in short-term debt

Debt issuance costs

Net intercompany borrowings

Net cash provided by (used in) financing activities

Effect of exchange rate changes on cash, cash equivalents and

restricted cash

Net change in cash, cash equivalents and restricted cash

Cash, cash equivalents and restricted cash at beginning of year

—  

—  

(6.1)  

(6.1)  

(74.3)  

—  

(0.9)  

—  

—  

(2.3)

109.9  

32.4  

—  

—  

—  

(30.4)  

—  

(108.9)  

(139.3)  

—  

—  

—  

—  

—  

—

(11.1)  

(11.1)  

(0.3)  

—  

0.3  

(30.6)  

34.0  

31.5  

34.9  

—  

(228.2)  

—  

(1.6)  

(6.2)  

—

(12.0)  

(248.0)  

(0.6)  

(25.8)  

151.6  

—  

—  

83.5  

83.5  

—  

228.2  

—  

—  

—  

—

(86.8)  

141.4  

—  

—  

—  

Cash, cash equivalents and restricted cash at end of year

$

—   $

0.3   $

125.8   $

—   $

(61.0)

34.0

—

(27.0)

(74.3)

—

(0.9)

(1.6)

(6.2)

(2.3)

—

(85.3)

(0.9)

(25.8)

151.9

126.1

86

 
 
 
 
 
 
   
   
   
   
 
   
   
   
   
 
   
   
   
   
Table of Contents

Condensed Consolidating Statement of Cash Flows

(In millions)
Operating Activities:

Parent

Guarantor

Non-Guarantors

Eliminations

Total

Year ended December 29, 2018

Net cash (used in) provided by operating activities

$

(41.6)   $

152.4   $

319.1   $

(297.9)   $

132.0

Investing Activities:

Capital expenditures

Proceeds from disposal of property, plant and equipment

Net intercompany loans

Net cash used in investing activities

Financing Activities:

Dividend payments to shareholders

Dividend payments to parent

Proceeds from exercise of stock options

Repurchase of common stock

Repayment of long-term debt and capital lease obligations

Net change in short-term debt

Net intercompany borrowings

Net cash provided by (used in) financing activities

Effect of exchange rate changes on cash, cash equivalents and

restricted cash

Net change in cash, cash equivalents and restricted cash

Cash, cash equivalents and restricted cash at beginning of year

—  

—  

(98.8)  

(98.8)  

(137.8)  

—  

0.3  

(101.7)  

—  

62.1  

317.5  

140.4  

—  

—  

—  

(29.1)  

—  

(315.6)  

(344.7)  

—  

—  

—  

—  

—  

—  

192.5  

192.5  

—  

0.2  

0.1  

(46.3)  

40.7  

(190.4)  

(196.0)  

—  

(288.3)  

—  

—  

(1.9)  

100.0  

85.2  

(105.0)  

(13.6)  

4.5  

147.1  

—  

—  

604.8  

604.8  

(75.4)

40.7

—

(34.7)

—  

(137.8)

288.3  

—  

—  

—  

—  

(595.2)  

(306.9)  

—  

—  

—  

—

0.3

(101.7)

(1.9)

162.1

—

(79.0)

(13.6)

4.7

147.2

151.9

Cash, cash equivalents and restricted cash at end of year

$

—   $

0.3   $

151.6   $

—   $

87

 
 
 
 
 
 
   
   
   
   
 
   
   
   
   
 
   
   
   
   
Table of Contents

Condensed Consolidating Statement of Cash Flows

(In millions)
Operating Activities:

Parent

Guarantor

Non-Guarantors

Eliminations

Total

Year ended December 30, 2017

Net cash (used in) provided by operating activities

$

(32.7)   $

(40.1)   $

311.1   $

(20.9)

  $

217.4

Investing Activities:

Capital expenditures

Proceeds from disposal of property, plant and equipment

Net intercompany loans

Net cash used in investing activities

Financing Activities:

Dividend payments to shareholders

Dividend payments to parent

Proceeds from exercise of stock options

Repurchase of common stock

Repayment of long-term debt and capital lease obligations

Net change in short-term debt

Net intercompany borrowings

Net cash provided by (used in) financing activities

Effect of exchange rate changes on cash, cash equivalents and

restricted cash

Net change in cash, cash equivalents and restricted cash

Cash, cash equivalents and restricted cash at beginning of year

—  

—  

(7.5)  

(7.5)  

(139.5)  

—  

11.8  

(2.5)  

—  

15.8  

154.6  

40.2  

—  

—  

—  

(18.1)  

—  

(174.1)  

(192.2)  

—  

—  

—  

—  

—  

—  

231.9  

231.9  

—  

(0.4)  

0.5  

(54.2)  

14.7  

(226.4)  

(265.9)  

—  

(21.0)  

—  

—  

(2.0)  

(0.2)  

21.6  

(1.6)  

8.0  

51.6  

95.5  

—  

—  

408.0  

408.0  

—  

21.0  

—  

—  

—  

—  

(408.1)

(387.1)

—  

—  

—  

(72.3)

14.7

—

(57.6)

(139.5)

—

11.8

(2.5)

(2.0)

15.6

—

(116.6)

8.0

51.2

96.0

Cash, cash equivalents and restricted cash at end of year

$

—   $

0.1   $

147.1   $

—   $

147.2

88

 
 
 
 
 
 
   
   
   
   
 
   
   
   
   
 
   
   
   
   
 
 
Table of Contents

Note 20:

Quarterly Financial Summary (Unaudited)

Following is a summary of the unaudited interim results of operations for each quarter in the years ended December 28, 2019 and December 29, 2018.

(In millions, except per share amounts)
Year ended December 28, 2019

Net sales

Gross margin

Net income (loss)

Basic earnings (loss) per share

Diluted earnings (loss) per share

Dividends declared per share

Year ended December 29, 2018

Net sales

Gross margin

Net income

Basic earnings per share

Diluted earnings per share

Dividends declared per share

First
quarter

Second
quarter

Third
quarter

Fourth
quarter

$

$

487.3   $

326.1  

36.9  

0.76  

0.76  

0.27  

542.6   $

363.6  

35.7  

0.70  

0.70  

0.68  

475.3   $

320.7  

39.4  

0.81  

0.81  

0.27  

535.4   $

361.9  

63.8  

1.26  

1.26  

0.68  

418.1   $

276.6  

7.8  

0.16  

0.16  

0.27  

485.8   $

321.7  

39.1  

0.79  

0.79  

0.68  

417.2

263.7

(71.7)

(1.47)

(1.47)

—

505.9

330.3

17.3

0.36

0.35

0.68

Certain items impacting quarterly comparability for 2019 and 2018 were as follows:

•

•

•

•

Pretax  re-engineering  costs  of  $4.3 million, $4.1 million, $7.5 million and  $18.8 million were  recorded  in  the  first  through  fourth  quarters  of  2019,
respectively. Pretax re-engineering costs of $7.6 million, $2.1 million, $3.0 million and $3.2 million were recorded in the first through fourth quarters of
2018, respectively. Refer to Note 2 to the Consolidated Financial Statements for further discussion.

In  the  third  quarter  of  2019,  the  Company  recorded  a  $17.5  million impairment  charge  related  to  goodwill  of  Fuller  Mexico  and  a  $2.2  million
impairment charge related to the Nutrimetics tradename. In the fourth quarter of 2019, the Company recorded a $20.3 million impairment charge related
to the Fuller tradename.

In  Argentina  and  Venezuela  for  all  quarters  in  2019 and  2018,  in  connection  with  re-measuring  net  monetary  assets  and  recording  in  cost  of  sales
inventory at the exchange rate when it was purchased or manufactured compared to when it was sold, the Company recorded charges of $0.3 million,
$0.1 million, $0.7 million and $0.5 million in the first, second, third and fourth quarters of 2019, respectively, and charges of $0.2 million, $0.1 million,
$0.8 million and $1.0 million in the same quarters of 2018. See Note 1 of the Consolidated Financial Statements.

Pretax losses on disposal of assets were  $0.9 million and  $0.2 million for the first and second quarters of 2019, respectively, and pretax gains on the
disposal of assets were $12.2 million and $1.8 million in the third and fourth quarters of 2019, respectively. The gains in 2018 were $2.2 million, $12.4
million, $1.5 million and $2.6 million in the first through fourth quarters, respectively. These gains were primarily related to transactions associated with
land  near  the  Company's  Orlando,  Florida  headquarters  along  with  transactions  associated  with  the  sale  of  the  French  marketing  office  in  the  third
quarter of 2019, the sale and leaseback of a distribution facility in Japan in the second quarter of 2018 and the Beauticontrol headquarters in Texas in the
first quarter of 2018.

89

 
 
 
 
   
   
   
 
   
   
   
Table of Contents

Note 21:

Subsequent Events

In February 2020, putative stockholder class actions were filed against the Company and certain current and former officers and directors in the United States
District Court for the Central District of California and in the United States District Court for the Middle District of Florida.  The complaints allege that statements
in public filings between January 30, 2019 and February 24, 2020 (the “potential class period”) regarding the Company’s disclosure of controls and procedures, as
well as the need for an amendment of its credit facility, violated Section 10(b) and 20(a) of the Securities Act of 1934.  The plaintiffs seek to represent a class of
stockholders  who  purchased  the  Company’s  shares  during  the  potential  class  period  and  demand  unspecified  monetary  damages.  The  Company  believes  the
complaints and allegations to be without merit and intends to vigorously defend itself against the actions. The Company is unable at this time to determine whether
the outcome of these actions would have a material impact on its results of operations, financial condition or cash flows.

On February 26, 2020, S&P downgraded the Company’s credit rating from BB+ to B and placed all of its ratings on CreditWatch with negative implication.
On  February  27,  2020  Moody’s  downgraded  the  Company’s  credit  rating  from  Baa3  to  B1.  Although  each  downgrade  exceeded  the  threshold  for  additional
guarantee and collateral requirements of the Credit Agreement, at the time of the downgrade the Company had already received the approvals it required from its
bank group for the amendment (the “Amendment”) of its Credit Agreement in order to provide relief regarding the financial covenant that requires the Company to
maintain a specified ratio of (i) Consolidated Funded Indebtedness to (ii) Consolidated EBITDA (the “Consolidated Leverage Ratio”). In addition, the Amendment
removed the requirement that a Non-Investment Grade Ratings Event must occur before the Company is required to cause the Additional Guarantee and Collateral
Requirement  (as defined  in the  Credit  Agreement)  to be satisfied.  As a result, the Company is required  to cause  certain  of its domestic  subsidiaries  to become
guarantors on the Credit Agreement and the Company and certain of its domestic subsidiaries are required to pledge additional collateral. The Amendment to the
Credit Agreement was executed on February 28, 2020.

On March 11, 2020, the Company’s Board of Directors appointed Miguel Fernandez as  President and Chief Executive Officer, effective April 6, 2020 and
Richard Goudis as  Executive  Vice  Chairman,  effective  March  12,  2020.  Mr.  Fernandez  and  Mr.  Goudis  have  also  been  appointed  to  serve  as  directors  of  the
Company, expanding the Board to twelve members upon their commencement of employment.

90

Table of Contents

To the Board of Directors and Shareholders of Tupperware Brands Corporation

Opinions on the Financial Statements and Internal Control over Financial Reporting

Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

We have audited the accompanying consolidated balance sheets of Tupperware Brands Corporation and its subsidiaries (the “Company”) as of December 28,
2019 and December 29, 2018, and the related consolidated statements of income, of comprehensive income, of shareholders' equity and of cash flows for each of
the three years in the period ended December 28, 2019, including the related notes and financial statement schedule listed in the index appearing under Item 15(a)
(2)  and  included  after  Item  16  (collectively  referred  to  as  the  “consolidated  financial  statements”).  We  also  have  audited  the  Company's  internal  control  over
financial  reporting  as  of  December  28,  2019 based  on  criteria  established  in  Internal  Control  -  Integrated  Framework (2013)  issued  by  the  Committee  of
Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission (COSO).

In  our  opinion,  the  consolidated  financial  statements  referred  to  above  present  fairly,  in  all  material  respects,  the  financial  position  of  the  Company  as  of
December 28, 2019 and December 29, 2018, and the results of its operations and its cash flows for each of the three years in the period ended December 28, 2019
in  conformity  with  accounting  principles  generally  accepted  in  the  United  States  of  America.  Also  in  our  opinion,  the  Company  maintained,  in  all  material
respects,  effective  internal  control  over  financial  reporting  as  of  December 28, 2019,  based  on  criteria  established  in Internal  Control  -  Integrated  Framework
(2013) issued by the COSO.

Changes in Accounting Principles

As discussed in Note 1 to  the  consolidated  financial  statements,  the  Company  changed  the  manner  in  which  it  accounts  for  leases  and  derivative  financial

instruments in 2019.

Basis for Opinions

The Company's management is responsible for these consolidated financial statements, for maintaining effective internal control over financial reporting, and
for its assessment of the effectiveness of internal control over financial reporting, included in Management’s Report on Internal Control Over Financial Reporting
appearing under Item 9A. Our responsibility is to express opinions on the Company’s consolidated financial statements and on the Company's internal control over
financial  reporting  based  on  our  audits.  We  are  a  public  accounting  firm  registered  with  the  Public  Company  Accounting  Oversight  Board  (United  States)
(PCAOB)  and  are  required  to  be  independent  with  respect  to  the  Company  in  accordance  with  the  U.S.  federal  securities  laws  and  the  applicable  rules  and
regulations of the Securities and Exchange Commission and the PCAOB.

We conducted our audits in accordance with the standards of the PCAOB. Those standards require that we plan and perform the audits to obtain reasonable
assurance  about  whether  the  consolidated  financial  statements  are  free  of  material  misstatement,  whether  due  to  error  or  fraud,  and  whether  effective  internal
control over financial reporting was maintained in all material respects.

Our audits of the consolidated financial statements included performing procedures to assess the risks of material misstatement of the consolidated financial
statements, whether due to error or fraud, and performing procedures that respond to those risks. Such procedures included examining, on a test basis, evidence
regarding the amounts and disclosures in the consolidated financial statements. Our audits also included evaluating the accounting principles used and significant
estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall presentation of the consolidated financial statements. Our audit of internal control over financial
reporting  included  obtaining  an  understanding  of  internal  control  over  financial  reporting,  assessing  the  risk  that  a  material  weakness  exists,  and  testing  and
evaluating the design and operating effectiveness of internal control based on the assessed risk. Our audits also included performing such other procedures as we
considered necessary in the circumstances. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinions.

91

Table of Contents

Definition and Limitations of Internal Control over Financial Reporting

A company’s internal control over financial reporting is a process designed to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and
the  preparation  of  financial  statements  for  external  purposes  in  accordance  with  generally  accepted  accounting  principles.  A  company’s  internal  control  over
financial reporting includes those policies and procedures that (i) pertain to the maintenance of records that, in reasonable detail, accurately and fairly reflect the
transactions and dispositions of the assets of the company; (ii) provide reasonable assurance that transactions are recorded as necessary to permit preparation of
financial  statements  in  accordance  with  generally  accepted  accounting  principles,  and  that  receipts  and  expenditures  of  the  company  are  being  made  only  in
accordance with authorizations of management and directors of the company; and (iii) provide reasonable assurance regarding prevention or timely detection of
unauthorized acquisition, use, or disposition of the company’s assets that could have a material effect on the financial statements.

Because of its inherent limitations, internal control over financial reporting may not prevent or detect misstatements. Also, projections of any evaluation of
effectiveness to future periods are subject to the risk that controls may become inadequate because of changes in conditions, or that the degree of compliance with
the policies or procedures may deteriorate.

Critical Audit Matters

The critical audit matter communicated below is a matter arising from the current period audit of the consolidated financial statements that was communicated
or required to be communicated to the audit committee and that (i) relates to accounts or disclosures that are material to the consolidated financial statements and
(ii) involved our especially challenging, subjective, or complex judgments. The communication of critical audit matters does not alter in any way our opinion on
the  consolidated  financial  statements,  taken  as a whole,  and we are  not, by communicating  the critical  audit  matter  below, providing  a separate  opinion  on the
critical audit matter or on the accounts or disclosures to which it relates.

Gross Deferred Tax Assets and Related Valuation Allowances

As described in Notes 1 and 13 to the consolidated financial statements, the Company’s consolidated gross deferred tax asset balance was $531.1 million and
related  valuation  allowances  were  $315.6 million as  of  December  28,  2019.  Deferred  tax  assets  and  liabilities  are  recognized  for  the  future  tax  consequences
attributable to temporary differences between the financial statement carrying amounts of assets and liabilities and their respective tax bases. Deferred tax assets
are also recognized for credit carryforwards. Deferred tax assets and liabilities are measured using the enacted tax rates applicable to taxable income in the years in
which the temporary differences are expected to reverse and credits are expected to be used. The effect on deferred tax assets and liabilities of a change in tax rates
is recognized  in income  in the period  that  includes  the enactment  date. An assessment  is made as to whether  or not a valuation  allowance  is required  to offset
deferred tax assets. This assessment requires estimates as to future operating results, as well as an evaluation of the effectiveness of the Company’s tax planning
strategies. These estimates are made on an ongoing basis based upon the Company’s business plans and growth strategies in each market and consequently, future
material changes in the valuation allowance are possible.

The principal considerations for our determination that performing procedures relating to gross deferred tax assets and related valuation allowances is a critical
audit matter are there was significant judgment by management when developing the estimates as to future operating results. This in turn led to a high degree of
auditor judgment, subjectivity, and effort in performing procedures as a result of the size and complexity of the legal entity structure, data utilized in the calculation
of temporary differences and the realizability of net operating loss and credit carryforwards, and the assessment of the appropriateness of the application of tax law.
Also, the evaluation of audit evidence available to support the assessment of whether or not a valuation allowance is required is complex and involved significant
auditor effort.

92

Table of Contents

Addressing  the  matter  involved  performing  procedures  and  evaluating  audit  evidence  in  connection  with  forming  our  overall  opinion  on  the  consolidated
financial statements. These procedures included testing the effectiveness of controls relating to gross deferred tax assets and related valuation allowances. These
procedures also included, among others (i) evaluating management’s assessment of the realizability of deferred tax assets on a jurisdictional basis, (ii) evaluating
assumptions  related  to  tax  planning  strategies,  the  future  operating  results  and  related  expected  utilization  for  net  operating  loss  and  credit  carryforwards,  (iii)
testing the underlying data and mathematical accuracy of temporary differences and the data utilized in the assessment of the realizability of net operating loss and
credit carryforwards, and (iv) testing the appropriateness of the tax rates used when temporary differences reverse.

/s/ PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP

Orlando, Florida
March 12, 2020

We have served as the Company’s auditor since 1995.

93

Table of Contents

Item 9.

Changes in and Disagreements With Accountants on Accounting and Financial Disclosure.

None.

Item 9A.

Controls and Procedures.

Evaluation of Disclosure Controls and Procedures

The Company maintains disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(e) and 15(d)-15(e)) that are designed to ensure that
information required to be disclosed in the Company's reports filed or submitted under the Exchange Act is recorded, processed, summarized and reported within
the time periods specified in the SEC's rules and forms, and that such information is accumulated and communicated to the Company's management, including the
Chief Executive Officer and the Chief Financial Officer, as appropriate to allow timely decisions regarding required disclosure. In designing and evaluating the
disclosure controls and procedures, management recognized that controls and procedures, no matter how well designed and operated, can provide only reasonable
assurance  of  achieving  the  desired  control  objectives.  Further,  because  of  the  inherent  limitations  in  all  control  systems,  no  evaluation  of  controls  can  provide
absolute  assurance  that  misstatements  due  to  error  or  fraud  will  not  occur  or  that  all  control  issues  and  instances  of  fraud,  if  any,  within  the  Company  will  be
detected.

As of the end of the period covered by this report, management, under the supervision of the Company's Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer,
evaluated  the  effectiveness  of  the  design  and  operation  of  the  Company's  disclosure  controls  and  procedures.  Based  upon  that  evaluation,  the  Chief  Executive
Officer and Chief Financial Officer concluded that the disclosure controls and procedures were effective as of December 28, 2019.

Management's Report on Internal Control Over Financial Reporting

The Company's management is also responsible for establishing and maintaining adequate internal control over financial reporting as defined in Exchange Act
Rule  13a-15(f).  As  of  the  end  of  the  period  covered  by  this  report,  management,  under  the  supervision  of  the  Company's  Chief  Executive  Officer  and  Chief
Financial  Officer,  evaluated  the  effectiveness  of  the  Company's  internal  control  over  financial  reporting  based  on  the  framework  in  Internal  Control-Integrated
Framework (2013) issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission. Based upon that evaluation, the Chief Executive Officer
and Chief Financial Officer concluded that the Company's internal control over financial reporting was effective as of December 28, 2019. The effectiveness of the
Company's internal control over financial reporting as of December 28, 2019 has been audited by PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP, an independent registered certified
public accounting firm, as stated in its report which is included herein.

Changes in Internal Controls

There have been no significant changes in the Company's internal control over financial reporting during the Company's fourth quarter that have materially
affected  or  are  reasonably  likely  to  materially  affect  its  internal  control  over  financial  reporting,  as  defined  in  Rule  13a-15(f)  promulgated  under  the  Securities
Exchange Act of 1934, as amended.

Item 9B.

Other Information.

None.

94

Table of Contents

Item 10.

Directors, Executive Officers and Corporate Governance.

PART III

Certain  information  with  regard  to  the  directors  of  the  Registrant  as  required  by  Item  401  of  Regulation  S-K  is  set  forth  under  the  sub-caption  “Board  of
Directors” appearing under the caption “Election of Directors” in the Proxy Statement related to the 2020 Annual Meeting of Shareholders to be held on May 20,
2020 and is incorporated herein by reference.

The information as to the executive officers of the Registrant is included in Part I, Item 1 of this Report under the caption “Information About Our Executive

Officers” in reliance upon General Instruction G to Form 10-K and Instruction 3 to Item 401(b) of Regulation S-K.

The section entitled “Section 16(a) Beneficial Ownership Reporting Compliance” appearing in the Registrant's Proxy Statement for the 2020 Annual Meeting

of Shareholders to be held on May 20, 2020 sets forth certain information as required by Item 405 of Regulation S-K and is incorporated herein by reference.

The  section  entitled  “Corporate  Governance”  appearing  in  the  Registrant's  Proxy  Statement  for  the  2020 Annual  Meeting  of  Shareholders  to  be  held  on
May  20,  2020 sets  forth  certain  information  with  respect  to  the  Registrant's  code  of  conduct  and  ethics  as  required  by  Item  406  of  Regulation  S-K  and  is
incorporated herein by reference.

There were no material changes to the procedures by which security holders may recommend nominees to the Registrant's Board of Directors during 2019, as

set forth by Item 407(c)(3) of Regulation S-K.

The  sections  entitled  “Corporate  Governance”  and  “Board  Committees”  appearing  in  the  Registrant's  Proxy  Statement  for  the  2020 Annual  Meeting  of
Shareholders  to  be  held  on  May  20,  2020 sets  forth  certain  information  regarding  the  Audit,  Finance  and  Corporate  Responsibility  Committee,  including  the
members of the Committee and the financial experts, as set forth by Item 407(d)(4) and (d)(5) of Regulation S-K and is incorporated herein by reference.

Item 11.

Executive Compensation.

The information set forth under the caption “Compensation of Directors and Executive Officers” of the Proxy Statement relating to the 2020 Annual Meeting
of Shareholders to be held on May 20, 2020, and the information in such Proxy Statement relating to executive officers' and directors' compensation is incorporated
herein by reference.

The  information  set  forth  under  the  captions  “Board  Committees”  and  “Compensation  and  Management  Development  Committee  Report”  of  the  Proxy
Statement  relating  to  the  2020 Annual  Meeting  of  Shareholders  to  be  held  on  May  20,  2020 sets  forth  certain  information  as  required  by  Item  407(e)(4)  and
Item 407(e)(5) of Regulation S-K and is incorporated herein by reference.

Item 12.

Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management and Related Stockholder Matters.

The  information  set  forth  under  the  captions  “Security  Ownership  of  Certain  Beneficial  Owners”,  “Security  Ownership  of  Management”  and  “Equity
Compensation Plan Information” in the Proxy Statement relating to the 2020 Annual Meeting of Shareholders to be held on May 20, 2020, is incorporated herein
by reference.

Item 13.

Certain Relationships and Related Transactions, and Director Independence.

The information set forth under the captions “Transactions with Related Persons” and “Corporate Governance” appearing in the Registrant's Proxy Statement

for the 2020 Annual Meeting of Shareholders to be held on May 20, 2020 is incorporated herein by reference.

Item 14.

Principal Accounting Fees and Services.

The  information  set  forth  under  the  captions  “Audit  Fees,”  “Audit-Related  Fees,”  “Tax  Fees,”  “All  Other  Fees,”  and  “Approval  of  Services”  in  the  Proxy

Statement related to the 2020 Annual Meeting of Shareholders to be held on May 20, 2020 is incorporated herein by reference.

95

Table of Contents

Item 15.

Exhibits, Financial Statement Schedules.

(a) (1) List of Financial Statements

PART IV

The  following  Consolidated  Financial  Statements  of  Tupperware  Brands  Corporation  and  Report  of  Independent  Registered  Public  Accounting  Firm  are

included in this Report under Part II, Item 8:

Consolidated  Statements  of  Income,  Comprehensive  Income,  Shareholders'  Equity  and  Cash  Flows  -  Years  ended  December  28,  2019,
December 29, 2018 and December 30, 2017;

Consolidated Balance Sheets - December 28, 2019 and December 29, 2018;

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements; and

Report of Independent Registered Certified Public Accounting Firm.

(a) (2) List of Financial Statement Schedules

The following Consolidated Financial Statement Schedule (numbered in accordance with Regulation S-X) of Tupperware Brands Corporation is included in

this Report:

Schedule II-Valuation and Qualifying Accounts for each of the three years ended December 28, 2019.

All  other  schedules  for  which  provision  is  made  in  the  applicable  accounting  regulations  of  the  SEC  are  not  required  under  the  related  instructions,  are

inapplicable or the information called for therein is included elsewhere in the financial statements or related notes contained or incorporated by reference herein.

96

Table of Contents

(a) (3) List of Exhibits: (numbered in accordance with Item 601 of Regulation S-K)

Exhibit
Number
3.1

3.2

4

4.1**

*10.1

*10.2

*10.3

*10.4

*10.5

*10.6

*10.7

*10.8

*10.9

*10.10

*10.11

*10.12

*10.13

*10.14

*10.15

*10.16

*10.17

Description
Restated Certificate of Incorporation of the Registrant (Attached as Exhibit 3.1 to Form 10-Q, filed with the Commission on August 5, 2008 and
incorporated herein by reference).

Amended and Restated By-laws of the Registrant as amended November 1, 2018 (Attached as Exhibit 3.2 to Form 10-Q, filed with the Commission
on November 2, 2018 and incorporated herein by reference).

Indenture  dated  June  2,  2011  (Attached  as  Exhibit  4.1  to  Form  8-K,  filed  with  the  Commission  on  June  7,  2011  and  incorporated  herein  by
reference).

Description of the Registrant's securities registered pursuant to Section 12 of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934.

2006 Incentive Plan as amended through January 26, 2009 (Attached as Exhibit 10.12 to Form 10-K, filed with the Commission on February 25,
2009 and incorporated herein by reference).

Directors' Stock Plan as amended through January 26, 2009 (Attached as Exhibit 10.2 to Form 10-K, filed with the Commission on February 25,
2009 and incorporated herein by reference).

2010 Incentive Plan (Attached as Exhibit 4.3 to Form S-8, filed with the Commission on November 3, 2010 and incorporated herein by reference).

2016 Incentive Plan (Attached as Exhibit 10.1 to Form 8-K, filed with the Commission on May 26, 2016 and incorporated herein by reference).

Amendment No. 1 to 2016 Incentive Plan (Attached as Exhibit 10.1 to Form 10-Q, filed with the Commission on August 01, 2017 and incorporated
herein by reference).

Forms of stock option, restricted stock and restricted stock unit agreements utilized with the Registrant's officers and directors under certain stock-
based  incentive  plans  (Attached  as  Exhibit  10.6  to  Form  10-K,  filed  with  the  Commission  on  February  25,  2009  and  incorporated  herein  by
reference).

2010  Incentive  Plan  Restricted  Stock  Agreement  (Attached  as  Exhibit  4.4  to  Form  S-8,  filed  with  the  Commission  on  November  3,  2010  and
incorporated herein by reference).

2016 Incentive Plan Restricted Stock Unit Agreement, used with grants through October 2018 (Attached as Exhibit 10.8 to Form 10-K, filed with
the Commission on February 28, 2017 and incorporated herein by reference).

2016 Incentive Plan Restricted Stock Unit Agreement, used with grants beginning November 2018 (Attached as Exhibit 10.9 to Form 10-K, filed
with the Commission on February 26, 2019 and incorporated herein by reference).

2016 Incentive Plan Non-Qualified Stock Option Grant Agreement, used with grants through October 2018 (Attached as Exhibit 10.9 to Form 10-
K, filed with the Commission on February 28, 2017 and incorporated herein by reference).

2016 Incentive Plan Non-Qualified Stock Option Grant Agreement, used with grants beginning November 2018 (Attached as Exhibit 10.11 to Form
10-K, filed with the Commission on February 26, 2019 and incorporated herein by reference).

Tupperware  Brands  Corporation  2019  Incentive  Plan  (Attached  as  Exhibit  10.1  to  Form  8-K  filed  May  23,  2019  and  incorporated  herein  by
reference).

Form of Change of Control Employment Agreement (Attached as Exhibit 10.3 for Form 10-K, filed with the Commission on February 25, 2009
and incorporated herein by reference).

Form of Change of Control Employment Agreement, amended May 24, 2017 (Attached as Exhibit 10.1 to Form 10-K, filed with the Commission
on February 27, 2018 and incorporated herein by reference).

Supplemental Executive Retirement Plan, amended and restated effective February 2, 2010 (Attached as Exhibit 10.9 to Form 10-K, filed with the
Commission on February 23, 2010 and incorporated herein by reference).

Amendment  to  Supplemental  Executive  Retirement  Plan,  dated  February  21,  2018  (Attached  as  Exhibit  10.1  to  Form  8-K,  filed  with  the
Commission on February 21, 2018 and incorporated herein by reference).

Supplemental  Plan,  amended  and  restated  effective  January  1,  2009  (Attached  as  Exhibit  10.11  to  Form  10-K,  filed  with  the  Commission  on
February 25, 2009 and incorporated herein by reference).

97

Table of Contents

Exhibit
Number
*10.18

*10.19

*10.20

10.21

10.22

10.23

10.24

10.25

10.26

10.27

21**

23**

24**

31.1**

31.2**

32.1***

32.2***

Description
Separation Agreement and Release of All Claims, dated November 11, 2019, by and between the Registrant and Patricia A. Stitzel (Attached as
Exhibit 10.2 to Form 8-K, filed with the Commission on November 14, 2019 and incorporated herein by reference).

Consulting Agreement, dated November 11, 2019, by and between the Registrant and Patricia A. Stitzel (Attached as Exhibit 10.3 to Form 8-K,
filed with the Commission on November 14, 2019 and incorporated herein by reference).

Interim  CEO  Agreement,  dated  November  12,  2019,  by  and  between  the  Registrant  and  Christopher  D.  O’Leary  (Attached  as  Exhibit  10.1  to
Form 8-K, filed with the Commission on November 14, 2019 and incorporated herein by reference).

Securities  and  Asset  Purchase  Agreement  between  the  Registrant  and  Sara  Lee  Corporation  (now  known  as  Hillshire  Brands  Co.)  dated  as  of
August  10,  2005  (Attached  as  Exhibit  10.01  to  Form  8-K/A,  filed  with  the  Commission  on  August  15,  2005  and  incorporated  herein  by
reference).

Amended and Restated Credit Agreement, dated September 11, 2013, by and between the Registrant, Tupperware International Holdings B.V.,
the  Lenders  party  thereto  and  JPMorgan  Chase  Bank,  N.A.  as  administrative  agent  (Attached  as  Exhibit  10.1  to  Form  10-Q,  filed  with  the
Commission on August 5, 2014 and incorporated herein by reference).

Amendment 1 to Amended and Restated Credit Agreement, dated as of June 2, 2014, by and between by and between the Registrant, Tupperware
International Holdings B.V., the financial institutions listed on the signature page thereof and JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A. as administrative agent
(Attached as Exhibit 10.2 to Form 10-Q, filed with the Commission on August 5, 2014 and incorporated herein by reference).

Amendment 2 to Amended and Restated Credit Agreement, dated as of June 9, 2015, by and between the Registrant, Tupperware International
Holdings B.V., the Lenders party thereto and JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A. as administrative agent (Attached as Exhibit 10.1 to Form 8-K, filed
with the Commission on June 12, 2015 and incorporated herein by reference).

Second  Amended  and  Restated  Credit  Agreement,  dated  as  of  March  29,  2019,  among  the  Registrant,  Tupperware  Nederland  B.V.,
Administradora Dart, S. de R.L. de C.V. and Tupperware Brands Asia Pacific Pte. Ltd., the Lenders party thereto and JPMorgan Chase Bank,
N.A. as administrative agent (Attached as Exhibit 10.1 to Form 8-K filed April 4, 2019 and incorporated herein by reference).

Amendment No. 1 dated as of August 28, 2019, among the Registrant, Tupperware Nederland B.V., Administradora Dart, S. de R.L. de C.V. and
Tupperware  Brands  Asia  Pacific  Pte.  Ltd.,  the  Lenders  party  thereto  and  JPMorgan  Chase  Bank,  N.A.  as  administrative  agent  (Attached  as
Exhibit 10.2 to Form 10-Q filed November 6, 2019 and incorporated herein by reference).

Amendment No. 2, dated as of February 28, 2020, to Credit Agreement, dated as of March 29, 2019, among Tupperware Brands Corporation,
Tupperware Nederland B.V., Administradora Dart, S. de R.L. de C.V. and Tupperware Brands Asia Pacific Pte. Ltd, the lenders party thereto and
JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A., as administrative agent (Attached as Exhibit 10.1 to Form 8-K filed February 28, 2020 and incorporated herein by
reference).

Subsidiaries of Tupperware Brands Corporation as of March 12, 2020.

Consent of Independent Registered Certified Public Accounting Firm.

Powers of Attorney.

Rule 13a-14(a)/15d-14(a) Certification of the Chief Executive Officer.

Rule 13a-14(a)/15d-14(a) Certification of the Chief Financial Officer.

Certification Pursuant to Section 1350 of Chapter 63 of Title 18 of the United States Code by the Chief Executive Officer.

Certification Pursuant to Section 1350 of Chapter 63 of Title 18 of the United States Code by the Chief Financial Officer.

98

Table of Contents

Exhibit
Number
101**

Description
The following financial statements from Tupperware Brands Corporation's Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 28, 2019,
formatted  in  Inline  XBRL:  (i)  Consolidated  Statements  of  Income,  (ii)  Consolidated  Statements  of  Comprehensive  Income,  (iii)  Consolidated
Balance Sheets, (iv) Consolidated Statements of Shareholders' Equity, (v) Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows, (vi) Notes to the Consolidated
Financial Statements, tagged in detail, and (vii) Schedule II. Valuation and Qualifying Accounts.

104

Cover Page Interactive Data File - (formatted as Inline XBRL and contained in Exhibit 101)

*    Management contract or compensatory plan or arrangement.
**    Filed herewith.
***    Furnished herewith.

The  Registrant  agrees  to  furnish,  upon  request  of  the  SEC,  a  copy  of  all  constituent  instruments  defining  the  rights  of  holders  of  long-term  debt  of  the

Registrant and its consolidated subsidiaries.

99

Table of Contents

Item 16.

Form 10-K Summary.

None.

Col. A

TUPPERWARE BRANDS CORPORATION

SCHEDULE II-VALUATION AND QUALIFYING ACCOUNTS
FOR THE THREE YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 28, 2019
(In millions)

Col. B

Balance at
Beginning
of Period

Col. C

Charged to
Costs and
Expenses

Col. D

Deductions

Col. E

Balance
at End
of Period

Allowance for doubtful accounts, current and long term:

Year ended December 28, 2019

$

62.5   $

28.6   $

(12.4) /F1

  $

78.6

Year ended December 29, 2018

Year ended December 30, 2017

Valuation allowance for deferred tax assets:

Year ended December 28, 2019

Year ended December 29, 2018

Year ended December 30, 2017

____________________
F1 Represents write-offs, less recoveries.
F2 Foreign currency translation adjustment.

55.9  

20.4  

(10.1) /F1

(0.1) /F2

44.9  

16.8  

(3.7) /F2

(9.0) /F1

3.2 /F2

$

284.6   $

62.3   $

(31.3) /F2

  $

235.5  

24.8  

51.8  

209.8  

(2.7) /F2

0.9 /F2

62.5

55.9

315.6

284.6

235.5

100

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
   
 
   
 
 
   
 
   
 
 
 
   
 
   
 
 
 
   
 
   
 
   
   
 
   
 
 
Table of Contents

SIGNATURES

Pursuant to the requirements of Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, the Registrant has duly caused this Report to be signed on its

behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized.

March 12, 2020

TUPPERWARE BRANDS CORPORATION

(Registrant)

By:

/S/     CHRISTOPHER D. O'LEARY

Christopher D. O'Leary

Interim Chief Executive Officer

101

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Table of Contents

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, this Report has been signed below by the following persons on behalf of the Registrant

and in the capacities and on the date indicated.

Signature

Title

/s/ Christopher D. O'Leary

Christopher D. O'Leary

  Interim Chief Executive Officer (Principal Executive Officer)

/s/ Cassandra Harris

Cassandra Harris

/s/ Madeline Otero

Madeline Otero

*

Susan M. Cameron

*

Catherine A. Bertini

*

Kriss Cloninger III

*

Meg Crofton

*

Aedhmar Hynes

*

Angel R. Martinez

*

Richard T. Riley

*

Joyce M. Roché

*

M. Anne Szostak

By:

/s/ KAREN M. SHEEHAN

March 12, 2020

Karen M. Sheehan

Attorney-in-fact

  Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer (Principal Financial

Officer) 

  Vice President and Controller (Principal Accounting Officer)

  Non-Executive Chairman and Director

  Director

  Director

  Director

  Director

  Director

  Director

  Director

  Director

102

 
 
   
 
 
   
 
 
   
 
 
   
   
 
   
   
 
   
   
 
   
   
 
   
   
 
   
   
 
   
   
 
   
   
 
   
   
 
 
DESCRIPTION OF THE REGISTRANT’S SECURITIES
REGISTERED PURSUANT TO SECTION 12 OF THE
SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934

As of March 12, 2020 Tupperware Brands Corporation (the “Company”) has one class of securities registered under Section 12 of the Securities Exchange Act

of 1934: our common stock.

DESCRIPTION OF CAPITAL STOCK

The following summary of the terms of our capital stock is based upon our Restated Certificate of Incorporation (the “Certificate of Incorporation”) and our
Amended and Restated By-laws (the “By-laws”). The summary is not complete, and is qualified by reference to our Certificate of Incorporation and our By-laws,
each of which are incorporated by reference as an exhibit to the Annual Report on Form 10-K of which this Exhibit 4.2 is a part.

Capitalization

Our authorized capital stock consists of 800,000,000 shares of stock, consisting of:

•

•

Common Stock

600,000,000 shares of common stock, par value $.01 per share (“Common Stock”) and

200,000,000 shares of preferred stock, par value $.01 per share (“Preferred Stock”).

Holders  of  Common  Stock  are  entitled  to  one  vote  for  each  share  held  on  all  matters  submitted  to  a  vote  of  stockholders.  A  majority  of  the  votes  cast  is
required  for  all  actions  to  be  taken  by  stockholders,  except  with  respect  to  contested  director  elections,  which  requires  a  plurality  of  the  votes  cast.  Holders  of
Common Stock do not have cumulative  voting rights in the election of directors  and have no preemptive,  subscription, redemption, sinking fund or conversion
rights. Subject to preferences that may be applicable to holders of any outstanding shares of any Preferred Stock, holders of Common Stock are entitled to such
dividends  as  may  be  declared  by  the  Company’s  Board  of  Directors  (the  “Board”)  out  of  funds  legally  available  therefor.  Upon  any  liquidation,  dissolution  or
winding-up of the Company, the assets legally available for distribution to stockholders are distributable ratably among the holders of Common Stock at that time
outstanding, subject to prior distribution rights of creditors of the Company and to the preferential rights of any outstanding shares of Preferred Stock.

Our Common Stock is listed on the New York Stock Exchange under the symbol “TUP.”

Preferred Stock

Our Board is authorized, subject to any limitations prescribed by law, without further action by our stockholders, to fix the rights, preferences, privileges and
restrictions  of  up  to  an  aggregate  of  200,000,000  shares  of  Preferred  Stock  in  one  or  more  series  and  authorize  their  issuance.  These  rights,  preferences  and
privileges could include dividend rights, conversion rights, voting rights, terms of redemption, liquidation preferences and the number of shares constituting any
series or the designation of such series. Any issuance of our Preferred Stock could adversely affect the voting power of holders of our Common Stock and the
likelihood that such holders would receive dividend payments and payments upon liquidation. In addition, the issuance of Preferred Stock could have the effect of
delaying, deferring or preventing a change of control or other corporate action.

Anti-Takeover Effects of Certain Provisions

Certain provisions of the Delaware General Corporation Law (“DGCL”), our Certificate of Incorporation and By-laws summarized in the paragraphs above
and  in  the  following  paragraphs  may  have  an  anti-takeover  effect  and  could  make  the  following  transactions  difficult:  acquisition  by  means  of  a  tender  offer;
acquisition  by  means  of  a  proxy  contest  or  otherwise;  or  removal  of  incumbent  officers  and  directors.  It  is  possible  that  these  provisions  could  make  it  more
difficult  to accomplish  or could  deter  transactions  that  stockholders  may otherwise  consider  to be in their  best interest  or in the best interests  of the Company,
including transactions that might result in a premium over the market price for shares of Common Stock.

Special Stockholder Meetings

Unless otherwise permitted by statute, our By-laws vest the power to call special meetings of stockholders in the Board, pursuant to a resolution adopted by a
majority of the total number of directors which the Company would have if there were no vacancies. The By-Laws do not give stockholders the right to call a
special meeting.

No Stockholder Action by Written Consent

Under our Certificate of Incorporation and By-Laws, no action may be taken by the stockholders of the Company without a meeting, and no consents in lieu of

a meeting may be taken pursuant to Section 228 of the DGCL.

Requirements for Advance Notification of Stockholder Nominations and Proposals

Under our By-laws, to be properly brought before an annual meeting of stockholders, any stockholder proposal or nomination for election to the Board must
be delivered to the Company’s Secretary not less than 90 days nor more than 120 days prior to the one-year anniversary of the preceding year’s annual meeting;
provided, however, that in the event that the date of the annual meeting is advanced by more than 30 days, or delayed by more than 70 days, from the one-year
anniversary date of the previous year’s annual meeting, a stockholder’s written notice must be delivered not earlier than the 120th day prior to such annual meeting
and not later than the close of business on the later of the 90th day prior to such annual meeting or the 10th day following the day on which public announcement
of the date of such meeting is first made by the Company. Such stockholder’s notice must contain information specified in our By-laws as to the director nominee
or  proposal  of  other  business,  information  about  the  stockholder  making  the  nomination  or  proposal  and  the  beneficial  owner,  if  any,  on  behalf  of  whom  the
nomination or proposal is made.

Delaware Anti-Takeover Statute

We are subject to Section 203 of the DGCL. Section 203 generally prohibits a public Delaware corporation from engaging in a “business combination” with

an “interested stockholder” for a period of three years after the date of the transaction in which the person became an interested stockholder, unless:

•

•

•

prior to the date of the transaction, the board of directors of the corporation approved either the business combination or the transaction which resulted in
the stockholder becoming an interested stockholder;

upon consummation of the transaction which resulted in the stockholder becoming an interested stockholder, the interested stockholder owned at least
85%  of  the  voting  stock  of  the  corporation  outstanding  at  the  time  the  transaction  commenced,  excluding  for  purposes  of  determining  the  number  of
shares outstanding (a) shares owned by persons who are directors and also officers and (b) shares owned by employee stock plans in which employee
participants do not have the right to determine confidentially whether shares held subject to the plan will be tendered in a tender or exchange offer; or

on or  subsequent  to  the  date  of  the  transaction,  the  business  combination  is  approved  by  the  board  of  directors  and  authorized  at  an  annual  or  special
meeting of stockholders, and not by written consent, by the affirmative vote of at least 662/3% of the outstanding voting stock which is not owned by the
interested stockholder.

Section 203 defines a business combination to include:

•

•

•

•

any merger or consolidation involving the corporation and the interested stockholder;

any sale, transfer, pledge or other disposition involving the interested stockholder of 10% or more of the assets of the corporation;

subject  to  exceptions,  any  transaction  that  results  in  the  issuance  or  transfer  by  the  corporation  of  any  stock  of  the  corporation  to  the  interested
stockholder; and

the receipt by the interested stockholder of the benefit of any loans, advances, guarantees, pledges or other financial benefits provided by or through the
corporation.

In  general,  Section  203  defines  an  interested  stockholder  as  any  entity  or  person  beneficially  owning  15%  or  more  of  the  outstanding  voting  stock  of  the

corporation or any entity or person affiliated with or controlling or controlled by the entity or person.

The following subsidiaries are wholly-owned by the registrant or another subsidiary of the Registrant.

Active Subsidiaries
Subsidiary Information System
As of: March 12, 2020

Exhibit 21

Academia de Negocios S/C Ltda.
Administradora Dart, S. de R.L. de C.V.
Armand Dupree, Inc.
Avroy Shlain Cosmetics (Botswana) (Pty) Ltd.
Avroy Shlain Cosmetics (Namibia) (Pty) Ltd.
Avroy Shlain Cosmetics (Pty) Ltd.
BBVA Bancomer Trust
BC International Cosmetic & Image Services, Inc.
BeautiControl Cosmeticos Do Brasil Ltda.
BeautiControl, Inc.
Beauty Products, Inc.
CAV Sui Centro de Apoio de Vendas de Produtos
Centro de Distribuicao Mineira de Produtos de Plastico Ltda.
Centro de Distribuicao RS Ltda
Centro Oeste Distribuidora de Produtos Plasticos Ltda.
CH Laboratories Pty Ltd
Corcovado-Plast Distribuidora de Artigos Domesticos Ltda.
Cosmetic Manufacturers Pty. Ltd.
Dart de Venezuela, C.A.
Dart do Brasil Industria e Comercio Ltda.
Dart Financial Services, Ltd.
Dart Industries (New Zealand) Limited
Dart Industries Hong Kong Limited
Dart Industries Inc.
Dart Manufacturing India Pvt. Ltd.
Dart S.A. de C.V.
Dartco Manufacturing Inc.
Deerfield Cinque Terre, LLC
Deerfield Crosslands, LLC
Deerfield Land Corporation
Diecraft Australia Pty. Ltd.
Distribuidora Baiana de Produtos Plasticos Ltda
Distribuidora Comercial Nordeste de Produtos Plasticos Ltda.
Distribuidora Comercial Paulista de Plasticos Ltda.
Distribuidora Esplanada de Produtos Plasticos Ltda
FC Mexican Consulting, S.de R.L. de C.V.
Fuller Beauty Cosmetics de Mexico, S.de R.L. de C.V.
Fuller Beauty Cosmetics S. de RL de CV
Fuller Beauty Cosmetics Trainee, S.de R.L. de C.V.
Fuller Cosmetics Venda Direta de Cosmeticos Ltda.
Fuller Cosmetics S. A de C.V.
House of Fuller S de RL de CV
lnmobiliaria Meck-Mex SA de CV
International Investor, Inc.
Inversiones TWPT, C.A.
Latin America Investments,Inc.
Newco Logistica e Participacoes Ltda.
NM Holdings (New Zealand)
NuMet Holdings Pty. Ltd.
Nutrimetics Australia Pty. Ltd.
Nutrimetics France SAS
Nutri-Metics Holding France SASU
Nutri-metics International (Greece) A.E.

Active Subsidiaries
Subsidiary Information System
As of: March 12, 2020

Exhibit 21

Nutrimetics International (NZ) Limited
Nuvo Cosmeticos S.A.
Osceola Corporate Center Master Owners' Association,Inc.
Premiere Brands International C.V.
Premiere Brands International Cooperatief U.A.
Premiere Brands International LLC
Premiere Brands LLC
Premiere Products Brands of Canada, Ltd.
Premiere Products, Inc.
Premiere Servicios de Administracion S.de R.L.
Probemex S.A. de C.V.
PT Cahaya Prestasi Indonesia
PT Tupperware Indonesia
Servicios Administrativos Fuller, S. de R.L. de C.V.
Tupperware (China) Company Limited
Tupperware (Portugal) Artigos Domesicos Limitada, Sucursal en Espana
Tupperware (Portugal) Artigos Domesticos, Unipessoal, Lda.
Tupperware (Suisse) SA
Tupperware Asia Pacific Holdings Private Limited
Tupperware Australia Pty, Ltd.
Tupperware Bangladesh Private Limited
Tupperware Belgium N.V.
Tupperware Brands (Thailand) Limited
Tupperware Brands Americas B.V.
Tupperware Brands Argentina S.A.
Tupperware Brands Asia Pacific Pte. Ltd.
Tupperware Brands Corporation
Tupperware Brands Financing B.V.
Tupperware Brands Foundation
Tupperware Brands Japan Ltd.
Tupperware Brands Korea Ltd.
Tupperware Brands Latin America Holdings, LLC
Tupperware Brands Malaysia Sdn. Bhd.
Tupperware Brands Mexico, S. de R.L. de C.V.
Tupperware Brands Philippines, Inc.
Tupperware Bulgaria Ltd.
Tupperware Colombia S.A.S.
Tupperware Czech Republic, spol. s.r.o.
Tupperware d.o.o.
Tupperware de El Salvador, S.A. de C.V.
Tupperware de Guatemala, S.A.
Tupperware Del Ecuador Cia. Ltda.
Tupperware Deutschland GmbH
Tupperware Distributors, Inc.
Tupperware East Asia, LLC
Tupperware Eastern Europe s.r.l.
Tupperware Egypt Ltd
Tupperware Europe, Africa and Middle East Sarl
Tupperware Finance Company B. V.
Tupperware Finance Holding Company B.V.
Tupperware France S.A.
Tupperware General Services N.V.
Tupperware Global Center SARL
Tupperware Hellas S.A.I.C.
Tupperware HK Procurement Limited

Active Subsidiaries
Subsidiary Information System
As of: March 12, 2020

Exhibit 21

Tupperware Holdings South Africa (Pty) Ltd
Tupperware Home Parties, LLC
Tupperware Honduras, S. de R.L.
Tupperware Hungary Kft.
Tupperware Iberica S.A.
Tupperware India Private Limited
Tupperware International Capital Limited
Tupperware International Holdings Corporation
Tupperware Israel Ltd.
Tupperware Italia S.p.A.
Tupperware Kazakhstan Limited Liability Partnership
Tupperware Morocco
Tupperware Nederland B.V.
Tupperware Nederland B.V. Amsterdam
Tupperware New Zealand Staff Superannuation Plan
Tupperware Nordic A/S
Tupperware Osterreich G.m.b.H.
Tupperware Panama, S.A.
Tupperware Polska Sp.z.o.o.
Tupperware Products S.A.
Tupperware Products, Inc.
Tupperware Products, Inc. Wilmington
Tupperware Services, Inc.
Tupperware Singapore Pte. Ltd.
Tupperware Southern Africa (Proprietary) Limited
Tupperware Trading Services (Shenzhen) Co., Ltd.
Tupperware Turkey, Inc. Istanbul Turkiye Subesi
Tupperware U.S., Inc.
Tupperware Ukraine, LLC
Tupperware United Kingdom & Ireland Limited
Tupperware Vietnam LLC
Tupperware Industria Lusitana de Artigos Domesticos, Limitada
Tupperware LLC
TWP S.A.
Uniao Norte Distribuidora de Produtos Plasticos Ltda
Uniao Sul Comercial

All subsidiaries listed above are included in the consolidated financial statements of the Registrant as consolidated subsidiaries, except for subsidiaries owned 50%
or less.

 
CONSENT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM

We hereby consent to the incorporation by reference in the Registration Statements on Form S-8 (Nos. 333-231780, 333-213329, 333-170305, 333-137276, 333-
137275 and 333-04869) of Tupperware Brands Corporation of our report dated March 12, 2020 relating to the financial statements, financial statement schedule
and the effectiveness of internal control over financial reporting, which appears in this Form 10-K.

Exhibit 23

/s/ PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP

PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP
Certified Public Accountants
Orlando, Florida
March 12, 2020

POWERS OF ATTORNEY

EXHIBIT 24

                THE UNDERSIGNED DIRECTORS of Tupperware Brands Corporation, a Delaware corporation, (the "Corporation"), hereby
constitute  and  appoint  Karen  M.  Sheehan  and  Cassandra Harris,  true  and  lawful  attorneys-in-fact  and  agents  of  the  undersigned,  with  full
power of substitution and resubstitution, for and in the name, place and stead of the undersigned, in any and all capacities, to sign the Annual
Report on Form 10-K of the Corporation for its fiscal year ended December 28, 2019, and any and all amendments thereto, and to file or
cause to be filed the same, together with any and all exhibits thereto and other documents in connection therewith, with the Securities and
Exchange Commission, granting unto said attorneys-in-fact and agents and substitutes, full power and authority to do and perform each and
every act and thing requisite or necessary to be done in and about the premises as fully to all intents and purposes as the undersigned might or
could do in person, hereby ratifying and confirming all that said attorneys-in-fact and agents and substitutes, may lawfully do or cause to be
done by virtue hereof.

                IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned have hereunto set their hand and seal this 19th day of February, 2020.

Susan M. Cameron /s/
Catherine A. Bertini /s/
Kriss Cloninger III /s/
Meg Crofton /s/
Aedhmar Hynes /s/
Angel R. Martinez /s/
Richard T. Riley /s/
Joyce M. Roché /s/
M. Anne Szostak /s/

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Exhibit 31.1

I, Christopher D. O'Leary, certify that:

RULE 13a-14(a)/15d-14(a) CERTIFICATIONS

1.

2.

3.

4.

I have reviewed this annual report on Form 10-K of Tupperware Brands Corporation;

Based on my knowledge, this report does not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary to make the
statements made, in light of the circumstances under which such statements were made, not misleading with respect to the period covered by this report;

Based on my knowledge, the financial statements, and other financial information included in this report, fairly present in all material respects the
financial condition, results of operations and cash flows of the registrant as of, and for, the periods presented in this report;

The registrant's other certifying officer and I are responsible for establishing and maintaining disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Exchange
Act Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e)) and internal control over financial reporting (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(f) and 15d-15(f)) for the
registrant and have:

(a)

(b)

(c)

(d)

Designed such disclosure controls and procedures, or caused such disclosure controls and procedures to be designed under our supervision, to
ensure that material information relating to the registrant, including its consolidated subsidiaries, is made known to us by others within those
entities, particularly during the period in which this report is being prepared;

Designed such internal controls over financial reporting, or caused such internal control over financial reporting to be designed under our
supervision, to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for
external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles;

Evaluated the effectiveness of the registrant's disclosure controls and procedures and presented in this report our conclusions about the
effectiveness of the disclosure controls and procedures, as of the end of the period covered by this report based on such evaluation; and

Disclosed in this report any change in the registrant's internal control over financial reporting that occurred during the registrant's most recent
fiscal quarter (the registrant's fourth fiscal quarter in the case of an annual report) that has materially affected, or is reasonably likely to
materially affect, the registrant's internal control over financial reporting; and

5.

The registrant's other certifying officer and I have disclosed, based on our most recent evaluation of internal control over financial reporting, to the
registrant's auditors and the audit committee of the registrant's board of directors (or persons performing the equivalent function):

(a)

(b)

All significant deficiencies and material weaknesses in the design or operation of internal control over financial reporting which are reasonably
likely to adversely affect the registrant's ability to record, process, summarize and report financial information; and

Any fraud, whether or not material, that involves management or other employees who have a significant role in the registrant's internal control
over financial reporting.

Date: March 12, 2020

/s/ Christopher D. O'Leary

Christopher D. O'Leary

Interim Chief Executive Officer

 
 
 
 
 
RULE 13a-14(a)/15d-14(a) CERTIFICATIONS

Exhibit 31.2

I, Cassandra Harris, certify that:

1.

2.

3.

4.

I have reviewed this annual report on Form 10-K of Tupperware Brands Corporation;

Based on my knowledge, this report does not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary to make the
statements made, in light of the circumstances under which such statements were made, not misleading with respect to the period covered by this report;

Based on my knowledge, the financial statements, and other financial information included in this report, fairly present in all material respects the
financial condition, results of operations and cash flows of the registrant as of, and for, the periods presented in this report;

The registrant's other certifying officer and I are responsible for establishing and maintaining disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Exchange
Act Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e)) and internal control over financial reporting (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(f) and 15d-15(f)) for the
registrant and have:

(a)

(b)

(c)

(d)

Designed such disclosure controls and procedures, or caused such disclosure controls and procedures to be designed under our supervision, to
ensure that material information relating to the registrant, including its consolidated subsidiaries, is made known to us by others within those
entities, particularly during the period in which this report is being prepared;

Designed such internal controls over financial reporting, or caused such internal control over financial reporting to be designed under our
supervision, to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for
external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles;

Evaluated the effectiveness of the registrant's disclosure controls and procedures and presented in this report our conclusions about the
effectiveness of the disclosure controls and procedures, as of the end of the period covered by this report based on such evaluation; and

Disclosed in this report any change in the registrant's internal control over financial reporting that occurred during the registrant's most recent
fiscal quarter (the registrant's fourth fiscal quarter in the case of an annual report) that has materially affected, or is reasonably likely to
materially affect, the registrant's internal control over financial reporting; and

5.

The registrant's other certifying officer and I have disclosed, based on our most recent evaluation of internal control over financial reporting, to the
registrant's auditors and the audit committee of the registrant's board of directors (or persons performing the equivalent function):

(a)

(b)

All significant deficiencies and material weaknesses in the design or operation of internal control over financial reporting which are reasonably
likely to adversely affect the registrant's ability to record, process, summarize and report financial information; and

Any fraud, whether or not material, that involves management or other employees who have a significant role in the registrant's internal control
over financial reporting.

Date: March 12, 2020

/s/ Cassandra Harris

Cassandra Harris

Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer

 
 
 
 
 
Form of Certification Pursuant to Section 1350 of Chapter 63
of Title 18 of the United States Code

Exhibit 32.1

I, Christopher D. O'Leary, the interim chief executive officer of Tupperware Brands Corporation, certify that, to the best of my knowledge, (i) the Form 10-K
for  the  year  ended  December  28,  2019 fully  complies  with  the  requirements  of  Section  13(a)  or  15(d)  of  the  Securities  Exchange  Act  of  1934  and  (ii)  the
information  contained  in  such  Form  10-K  fairly  presents,  in  all  material  respects,  the  financial  condition  and  results  of  operations  of  Tupperware  Brands
Corporation.

A signed original of this written statement required by Section 906 has been provided to Tupperware Brands Corporation and will be retained by Tupperware
Brands Corporation and furnished to the Securities and Exchange Commission or its staff upon request.

Date: March 12, 2020

/s/ Christopher D. O'Leary

Christopher D. O'Leary

Interim Chief Executive Officer

 
 
 
Form of Certification Pursuant to Section 1350 of Chapter 63
of Title 18 of the United States Code

Exhibit 32.2

I, Cassandra Harris, the chief financial officer of Tupperware Brands Corporation, certify that, to the best of my knowledge, (i) the Form 10-K for the year
ended December 28, 2019 fully complies with the requirements of Section 13(a) or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 and (ii) the information contained
in such Form 10-K fairly presents, in all material respects, the financial condition and results of operations of Tupperware Brands Corporation.

A signed original of this written statement required by Section 906 has been provided to Tupperware Brands Corporation and will be retained by Tupperware
Brands Corporation and furnished to the Securities and Exchange Commission or its staff upon request.

Date: March 12, 2020

/s/ Cassandra Harris

Cassandra Harris

Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer